US5856323A - Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase - Google Patents

Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US5856323A
US5856323A US08/481,812 US48181295A US5856323A US 5856323 A US5856323 A US 5856323A US 48181295 A US48181295 A US 48181295A US 5856323 A US5856323 A US 5856323A
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
lower alkyl
trimethoxyphenyl
methoxy
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
US08/481,812
Inventor
Xiong Cai
Sajjat Hussoin
San-Bao Hwang
David Killian
T. Y. Shen
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc
LeukoSite Inc
Original Assignee
CytoMed Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US07/912,788 external-priority patent/US5358938A/en
Application filed by CytoMed Inc filed Critical CytoMed Inc
Priority to US08/481,812 priority Critical patent/US5856323A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US5856323A publication Critical patent/US5856323A/en
Assigned to LEUKOSITE, INC. reassignment LEUKOSITE, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CYTOMED, INC.
Assigned to MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LEUKOSITE, INC.
Assigned to LEUKOSITE, INC. reassignment LEUKOSITE, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CYTOMED, INC.
Assigned to MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LEUKOSITE, INC.
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/09—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/12—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/16—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/18—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • This invention is in the area of pharmaceutical compositions and methods for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders, and specifically provides novel compounds that reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of polymorphonuclear leukocytes during an inflammatory or immune response.
  • the compounds exhibit this biological activity by acting as PAF receptor antagonists, by inhibiting the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or by exhibiting dual activity, i.e., by acting as both a PAF receptor antagonist and inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase.
  • Platelet activating factor is a potent inflammatory phospholipid mediator with a wide variety of biological activities.
  • PAF was initially identified as a water soluble compound released by immunoglobulin E (IgE)-sensitized rabbit basophils. It is now known that PAF is also generated and released by monocytes, macrophages, polymorphonuclear leukocytes (PMNs), eosinophils, neutrophils, natural killer lymphocytes, platelets and endothelial cells, as well as by renal and cardiac tissues under appropriate immunological and non-immunological stimulation.
  • IgE immunoglobulin E
  • PAF causes the aggregation and degranulation of platelets at very low concentrations.
  • the potency (active at 10 12 to 10 9 M), tissue level (picomoles) and short plasma half life (2-4 minutes) of PAF are similar to those of other lipid mediators such as thromboxane A 2 , prostaglandins, and leukotrienes.
  • PAF mediates biological responses by binding to specific PAF receptors found in a wide variety of cells and tissues. Structure-activity studies on PAF and its analogs indicate that the ability of PAF to bind to these receptors is highly structure specific and stereospecific. (Shen, et al., "The Chemical and Biological Properties of PAF Agonists, Antagonists, and Biosynthetic Inhibitors", Platelet-Activating Factor and Related Lipid Mediators, F. Snyder, Ed. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y. 153 (1987)).
  • PAF mediates essential biological responses, it also appears to play a role in pathological immune and inflammatory responses.
  • Many published studies have provided evidence for the involvement of PAF in human diseases, including arthritis, acute inflammation, asthma, endotoxic shock, pain, psoriasis, ophthalmic inflammation, ischemia, gastrointestinal ulceration, myocardial infarction, inflammatory bowel diseases, and acute respiratory distress syndrome. Animal models also demonstrate that PAF is produced or increased in certain pathological states.
  • trans-L-652,731 (wherein the aryl groups at the 2 and 5 positions are on opposite sides of the plane of the tetrahydrofuran ring) is approximately 1000 times more potent than cis-L-652,731 (wherein the 2 and 5 aryl substituents are on the same side of the plane of the tetrahydrofuran ring).
  • L-659,989 trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl-5methylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran
  • L-659,989 trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl-5methylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran
  • Leukotrienes like PAF, are potent local mediators, playing a major role in inflammatory and allergic responses, including arthritis, asthma, psoriasis, and thrombotic disease.
  • Leukotrienes are straight chain eicosanoids produced by the oxidation of arachidonic acid by lipoxygenases.
  • Arachidonic acid is oxidized by 5-lipoxygenase to the hydroperoxide 5-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid (5-HPETE), that is converted to leukotriene A 4 , that in turn can be converted to leukotriene B 4 , C 4 , or D 4 .
  • 5-HPETE hydroperoxide 5-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid
  • the slow-reacting substance of anaphylaxis is now known to be a mixture of leukotrienes C 4 , D 4 , and E 4 , all of which are potent bronchoconstrictors.
  • leukotrienes C 4 , D 4 , and E 4 all of which are potent bronchoconstrictors.
  • Leukotrienes are released simultaneously from leukocytes with PAF, possibly from a common phospholipid precursor such as 1-O-hexadecyl-2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine, and upon cellular activation, act synergistically with PAF in many biological models.
  • PAF leukocytes with PAF
  • a common phospholipid precursor such as 1-O-hexadecyl-2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine
  • L-653,150 trans-2,5-bis-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene
  • European Patent Application Nos. 90117171.0 and 901170171.0 disclose indole, benzofuran, and benzothiphene lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds.
  • X is O, S, S(O), S(O) 2 , CR 9 , or NR 10 ;
  • W is independently:
  • p is 0 or 1;
  • A is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyaryl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, --C 1-10 alkyl(oxy)C 1-10 alkyl, --C 1-10 alkyl(thio)C 1-10 alkyl, --N(R 3 )C(O)alkyl, --N(R 3 )C(O)alkenyl, --N(R 3 )C(O)alkynyl, --N(R 3 )C(O)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R 3 )C(O)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R 3 )C(O)N(alkyl), --N(R 3 )C(O)N(alkenyl), --N(R 3 )C(O)N(alkynyl), --N(R 3 )C(O)N(alkenyl
  • M is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, or a metabolically cleavable leaving group
  • Y is independently:
  • a heterocycle including but not limited to, pyrryl, furyl, pyridyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; pyrimidyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzofuryl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, carbozolyl, benzimidazolyl, and isoxazolyl and the like, optionally substituted with a group described in Y section (b); ##STR4## wherein X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, CF 3 , or OR 3 ; --NR 3 COR 3 ; --OCONH 2 ; --CR 3 R 3 R 4 ; --CH 2 OR 3 ; --CH 2 OR 3 ; --CH 2 CO 2 R 3 ; --CH 2 OCOR 3
  • R 13 , R 14 and R 15 independently represents: BO-- wherein B is --CH 2 -oxacyclopropyl, --CH 2 OR 3 , --CH 2 C(O)R 3 , --CH 2 CH(R 3 )R 3 , --CH 2 Aryl, --CH 2 CH(OH)--CH 2 OH; R 3 C(R 3 ) 2 CH 2 SO 2 ; or R 13 -R 14 or R 14 -R 15 are joined together to form a bridge such as --OCHR 2 CHR 2 --S(O) n- wherein n is 0 to 3; or ##STR6## where X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, --CF 3 , or --OR 3 ; --CH 2 OR 3 ; --CH 2 CO 2 R 3 ; --CH 2 COR 3 ; --NHCH 2 COOR 3 ; --N+R 3 R 3 R 4 R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, specifically including lower alkyl of 1-6 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, cyclopropylmethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, as well as C 3-8 cycloalkyl, for example, cyclopentyl; halo lower alkyl especially C 1-6 haloalkyl, for example, trifluoromethyl; halo especially fluoro; --COOH; --CONR 16 R 17 wherein R 16 and R 17 independently represent C 1-6 alkyl and hydrogen, --COOR 3 , lower alkenyl especially C 2-6 alkenyl e.g., vinyl, allyl, CH 3 CH ⁇ CH--CH 2 --CH 2 , and CH 3 CH 2 )-- 3 CH ⁇ CH--; --COR 3 ; --CH 2 OR 3 ; lower alkynyl especially C 2-6 alkynyl e
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkyaryl, hydrogen, C 1-6 alkoxy--C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylthio--C 1-10 alkyl, and C 1-10 substituted alkyl (wherein the substituent is independently hydroxy or carbonyl, located on any of C 1-10 );
  • R 5 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxyl, hydrogen, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
  • R 6 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, or aryl;
  • R 7 is an organic or inorganic anion
  • R 8 is halo alkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
  • R 9 is independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, --CONR 3 R 4 , --COR 5 , --CO 2 R 5 , --CH 2 OR 5 , --CH 2 NR 5 R 5 , --CH 2 SR 5 , ⁇ O, ⁇ NR 5 , --NR 3 R 4 , --NR 3 R 4 R 7 , or --OR 5 ,
  • R 10 is --R 3 , --R 8 , --C(O)N(OR 3 )R 3 , or --OR 3 .
  • R 11 is C 1 to C 12 alkyl; substituted C 1 to C 12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkenyl, lower alkoxy-alkyl; alkylcarbonylalkyl, -alkylamino, -alkylamino(alkyl or dialkyl), lower alkyl S(O) m -lower alkyl in which m is 0, 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl lower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-lower alkyl; cyanophen
  • R 12 is alkyl; substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino; -lower alkyl-O--R 18 , wherein R 18 is --PO 2 (OH)--M+ or --PO 3 (M+) 2 , wherein M+ is a pharmaceutically acceptable cation; --C(O)(CH 2 ) 2 CO 2 --M+, or --SO 3 --M+; -lower alkylcarbonyl-lower alkyl; -carboxy lower alkyl; -lower alkylamino-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted amino lower alkyl-, wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; pyridyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-Y-lower alkyl wherein Y is thio or amino; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; pyrrolidinyl
  • R 19 is H, lower alkyl, or lower alkenyl
  • R 20 is H, halogen, lower alkoxy, or lower alkyl.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 are independently ##STR8## wherein: X is O, S, S(O), S(O) 2 , or NR 10 ;
  • n 1, 2, or 3;
  • t is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Z is independently W or Y; and ##STR9## wherein Ar 5 is: ##STR10## wherein Ar 6 is: ##STR11## v is 0, 1, or 2; and Q is selected from the group consisting of substituted C 1 to C 12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkylcarbonylalkyl, alkyl; lower alkyl S(O) m -lower alkyl in which m is 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl ower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-low
  • These compounds in general reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of polymorphonuclear leukocytes during an inflammatory or immune response.
  • the compounds exhibit this biological activity by acting as PAF receptor antagonists, by inhibiting the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or by exhibiting dual activity, i.e., by acting as both a PAF receptor antagonist and inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase.
  • a method to treat disorders mediated by PAF or leukotrienes includes administering an effective amount of one or more of the above-identified compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • immune and allergic disorders include general inflammation, cardiovascular disorders, skeletal-muscular disorders, osteoarthritis, gout, asthma, lung edema, adult respiratory distress syndrome, pain, aggregation of platelets, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, systemic lupus erythematosis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, chronic active hepatitis, idiopathic sprue, Crohn's disease, Graves ophthalmopathy, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, interstitial lung fibrosis; allergic asthma; and inappropriate allergic responses to environmental stimuli such as poison ivy, pollen, insect stings and certain foods, including atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis
  • the compounds disclosed herein can also be used as research tools to study the structure and location of PAF receptors as well as biological pathways involving leukotrienes.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (compound 106, FIG. 1).
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aninoethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 1, FIG. 2) and trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aminoethyl sulfonylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 2, FIG. 2).
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 122, FIG. 3), trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 123, FIG. 3), and trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 124, FIG. 3).
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 3, FIG. 4),trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5- (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 4, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N,N-diallyiaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 5, FIG.
  • trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminoph-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 9, FIG. 4)
  • trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-diallylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 10, FIG. 4)
  • trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5- N,N-diallylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 11, FIG.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 38).
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-(substituted)-aminocarbonyl)-aminomethyl-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compounds 33-37, FIG. 6).
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 1-(3-nitro-4-propoxy5-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)cyclopentane (compound 143, FIG. 7), 1-(3-amino-4-propoxy-5-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)cyclopentane (compound 144, FIG. 7), and 2-N'-hydroxyl-N'-(substituted)-N-(2-propoxy-3-methoxy-5-(5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) cyclopentane) phenyl urea (compound 145, FIG. 7).
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino (substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-cyclopentane (compound 158, FIG. 8).
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino(substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 167, FIG. 9), and 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino (substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 168, FIG. 9).
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of C 1 to C 10 , and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • lower alkyl refers to a C 1 to C 6 saturated straight, branched, or cyclic (in the case of C 5-6 ) hydrocarbon, and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight, branched, or cyclic (in the case of C 5-6 ) hydrocarbon of C 2 to C 10 with at least one double bond.
  • lower alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group of C 2 to C 6 , and specifically includes vinyl and allyl.
  • the tern lower alkylamino refers to an amino group that has one or two lower alkyl substituents.
  • alkynyl refers to a C 2 to C 10 straight or branched hydrocarbon with at least one triple bond.
  • lower alkynyl refers to a C 2 to C 6 alkynyl group, specifically including acetylenyl and propynyl.
  • aryl refers to phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the substituent is halo or lower alkyl.
  • halo includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • halo refers to a (alkyl, alkenyl, or alknyl) group in which at least one of the hydrogens in the group has been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • aralkyl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
  • alkaryl refers to an alkyl group that has an aryl substituent.
  • organic or inorganic anion refers to an organic or inorganic moiety that carries a negative charge and can be used as the negative portion of a salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable cation refers to an organic or inorganic moiety that carries a positive charge and that can be administered in association with a pharmaceutical agent, for example, as a countercation in a salt.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable cations are known to those of skill in the art, and include but are not limited to sodium, potassium, and quaternary amine.
  • metabolically cleavable leaving group refers to a moiety that can be cleaved in vivo from the molecule to which it is attached, and includes but is not limited to an organic or inorganic anion, a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, acyl (for example (alkyl)C(O), including acetyl, propionyl, and butyryl), alkyl, phosphate, sulfate and sulfonate.
  • acyl for example (alkyl)C(O), including acetyl, propionyl, and butyryl
  • alkyl phosphate, sulfate and sulfonate.
  • enantiomerically enriched composition or compound refers to a composition or compound that includes at least 95% by weight of a single enantiomer of the compound.
  • PAF receptor antagonist refers to a compound that binds to a PAF receptor with a binding constant of 30 ⁇ M or lower.
  • 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor refers to a compound that inhibits the enzyme at 30 ⁇ M or lower in a broken cell system.
  • pharmaceutically active derivative refers to any compound that upon administration to the recipient, is capable of providing directly or indirectly, the compounds disclosed herein.
  • the 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, pyrrolidines, and tetrahydrofurans, 1,3 diaryl cyclopentanes, and the 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, pyrrolidines and tetrahydrofurans of the above-defined formulas exhibit PAF receptor antagonist activity or inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or have dual activity, and are thus useful in the treatment of humans who have immune and allergic disorders that are mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase.
  • Double bonded hydroxamates Both cis and trans isomers at the tetrahydrofuran ring
  • Double bonded ureas Both cis and trans isomer at the tetrahydrofuran ring
  • Double bonded hydroxamates Both cis and trans isomers at the tetrahydrofuran ring
  • Double bonded ureas Both cis and trans isomer at the tetrahydrofuran ring
  • the 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans, tetrahydrothiophenes, and pyrrolidines, 1,3-cyclopentanes, and the 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrofurans, tetrahydrothiophenes, and pyrrolidines disclosed herein exhibit a number of stereochemical configurations.
  • Carbon atoms 2 and 5 (or 2 and 4, in the compounds of Formula II) in the center ring are chiral, and thus the center ring exists at a minimum as a diastereomeric pair.
  • Each diastereomer exists as a set of enantiomers. Therefore, based on the chiral C 2 and C 5 (or C 2 and C 4 , in Formula II) atoms alone, the compound is a mixture of four enantiomers.
  • R groups in the active compounds described herein can likewise include chiral carbons, and thus, optically active centers.
  • one or more enantiomers of a biologically active compound is more active, and perhaps less toxic, than other enantiomers of the same compound.
  • Such enantiomerically enriched compounds are often preferred for pharmaceutical administration to humans.
  • trans-2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophene and trans-2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofuran are often more active PAF receptor antagonists than their cis counterparts.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art can easily synthesize and separate the enantiomers of the disclosed compounds using chiral reagents and known procedures, and can evaluate the biological activity of the isolated enantiomer using methods disclosed herein or otherwise known. Through the use of chiral NMR shift reagents, polarimetry, or chiral HPLC, the optical enrichment of the compound can be determined.
  • Recrystallization can be performed at any stage in the preparation of the compound, or the final enantiomeric product If successful, this simple approach represents a method of choice.
  • chiral acids that form diastereomeric derivative that may possess significantly different solubility properties.
  • Nonlimiting examples of chiral acids include malic acid, mandelic acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, 3-bromocamphor-8-sulfonic acid, 10-camphorsulfonic acid, and di-p-toluoyltartaric acid.
  • acylation of a free hydroxyl group with a chiral acid also results in the formation of diastereomeric derivatives whose physical properties may differ sufficiently to permit separation.
  • Enantiomerically pure or enriched compounds can be obtained by passing the racemic mixture through a chromatographic column that has been designed for chiral separations, including cyclodextrin bonded columns marketed by Rainin Corporation.
  • 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes disclosed herein can be prepared in a variety of ways known to those skilled in the art, including by methods disclosed in or obvious in view of methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,539,332, 4,757,084, 4,996,203 and 5,001,123, and European Patent Application Nos. 90306234.7, 90306235.4, and 89202593.3. Examples 1-14, and corresponding FIGS. 1-6, provide detailed descriptions of the preparation of a number of active 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes.
  • 1,3-Diaryl cyclopentanes can be prepared as described in Example 15 (FIG. 7) following the procedure of Graham, et al. (1.3-Diaryl Cyclopentanes: A New Class of Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists. 197th ACS National Meeting, Dallas, Tex., Apr. 9-14, 1989, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, poster no. 25 (abstract)), or by other known methods.
  • 2,5-Diaryl pyrrolidines can be prepared as described in Example 16 (FIG. 8), or by other methods known to those skilled in the art, including that described by Boekvall, et al. (J. Org. Chem. 55, 826 (1990)).
  • 2,4Diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes can be prepared as described in detail in Example 17 (FIG. 9), or by other methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • 2,4-Diaryl pyrrolidines can also be prepared by adaptations of methods described herein, or by other known methods.
  • a general procedure for preparing a hydroxyurea is: ##STR12## wherein R is a 2,5-diaryl tetahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran, or pyrrolidine; 1,3-diaryl cyclopentane; or 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran or pyrrolidine; with or without a linking moiety, and R' is a moiety as defined in detail above.
  • Oxaalkanes and thioalkanes can be prepared as described by Crawley, et al., J. Med Chem., 35, 2600-2609 (1992), and illustrated below, by conversion of the desired moiety into a Grignard reagent or lithium salt, followed by reaction with the appropriate cyclic ketone. ##STR17##
  • Compound 1 is prepared from 2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene by treatment with KOH (5 equivalents) in ethylene glycol at 100° C. for 24 hours. The mixture is quenched with water and extracted with an organic solvent. The organic layer is dried, and evaporated to leave a solid that is purified by chromatography.
  • trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonyl-phenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (32.6 mg, 0.052 mmole) was dissolved in 3 mL ethanol. To this solution was added 1.2 mL cyclohexene and 46.9 mg 10% Pd-C catalyst. The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours, and then the catalyst removed by filtration.
  • trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (2.235 g, 5 mmol) was dissolved in 45 mL of absolute ethanol. To this solution was added calcium chloride (0.5 g, 5 mmol) in 10 mL of water followed by freshly activated zinc dust (7.5 g). The mixture was refluxed for 12 hours, and the solid then removed by vacuum filtration through Celite. The filtrate was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated in vacuo to a white foam (2.085 g, 97.28%).
  • the cis product can be obtained in the same manner as described above using cis-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran as the starting material.
  • trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetahydrofuran 50 mg, 0.12 mmole
  • potassium carbonate 1.0 g
  • Benzyl bromide 205.1 mg, 1.2 mmole was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours.
  • the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography with hexane/ethyl acetate solvent (yield 50.2 mg, 82.6%).
  • trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (0.3 g, 0.69 mmole) was suspended in 10 ml of ethanol. To this was added CaCl 2 (72.63 mg, 0.65 mmole) in 2 mL water, followed by zinc metal (1.01 g). The suspension was refluxed for 5 hours, filtered, and the residue was washed with ethanol.
  • trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (10 mg, 0.025 mmole) and potassium carbonate (0.2g) were suspended in 1 mL of DMF.
  • benzyl bromide 42.23 mg, 0.25 mmole.
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with water and then extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (3:1).
  • Compound 121 was prepared in the same way as compound 120 (Example 6), using compound 118 as the starting material.
  • Compound 124 was prepared in the same way as compound 123 (Example 6), using compound 121 as the starting material.
  • trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene 10 mg, 0.023 mmole
  • potassium carbonate 0.2 g
  • benzyl bromide 39.50 mg, 0.23 mmole
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with water, and then extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (3:1) as solvent.
  • Compound 8 was prepared by the method described above for compound 4, using compound 123 as the starting material.
  • Compound 10 was prepared by the method described above for compound 5, using compound 123 as the starting material.
  • trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (41.7 mg, 0.1 mmol), triethylamine (20 mL), and triphosgene (10 mg, 0.034 mmol) in 5 mL of dry dichloromethane were refluxed for 2 hours under an argon atmosphere.
  • the reaction was monitored with thin layer chromatography. On indication that the amine had been converted to isocyanate, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (10.5 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF, 29 mL of triethylamine, and 0.1 mL of water added.
  • the nitro group in compound 119 can be reduced to provide the corresponding amine (compound 122, FIG. 3) in a manner similar to that described above for the reduction of the nitro group in compound 121 to provide compound 124.
  • hydroxy urea derivatives of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes can be obtained using the general procedure set out above for the preparation of compound 12, by reaction of the appropriately substituted hydroxy amine with a 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofuran or tetrahydrothiophene that has an appropriately placed amine function.
  • the following compounds were obtained using this general method.
  • 5-Iodovanillin 25 g, 0.09 mol in DMF (100 mL) was treated with potassium carbonate (32 g, 0.23 mol) and n-propyl iodide (52 g, 0.3 mol, 31 mL) and heated for 16 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ether (3 ⁇ 250 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, and then dried over magnesium sulfate.
  • trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxyaminocarbonyl) aminomethyl-5 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran 40 mg, 0.067 mmol
  • N-isopropyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride 11 mg, 0.1 mmol
  • diisopropylethylamine 0.2 mmol
  • trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy-N-isopropylaminocarbonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (59 mg, 0.1 mmol), N-cyclohexyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (23 mg, 0.15 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.2 mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 24 hours. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water and saturated sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate.
  • Cis and trans-5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5 -hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 42, FIG. 5)
  • trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethylsulfonyl)-tetrahydrothiophene 80 mg, 0.125 mmol
  • 4 mL of dry tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran.
  • 3,4,5-Trimethoxyacetophenone is converted to the corresponding acetylene (compound 146, FIG. 8) using the procedure outlined by Negishi et al., J. Org. Chem. 45, 2526 (1980), using diethylchlorophosphate and lithium diisopropylamide.
  • 5-Iodovanillin is alkylated with n-propyl iodide as described in Example 6.
  • the resulting alkylated aldehyde (compound 125, FIG. 8) is converted to the corresponding nitrile (compound 148, FIG. 8) as described in Example 13.
  • Compound 148 is converted to the terminal alkyne (compound 149, FIG.
  • the E-vinyl iodide (compound 150, FIG. 8) is synthesized from compound 149 using catechol borane and iodine. Heat acetylene and catechol borate at 60° C. for 3 hours. Stir resulting boronate ester with water for 2 hours. Filter boronic acid to remove catechol. Dissolve the boronic acid in THF and sodium hydroxide (3 equivalent). Treat with iodine (1 equivalent) and stir for 30 minutes. The product was isolated by standard extractive workup and column chromatography.
  • the iodide (compound 150) and the vinyl alane (compound 147) are coupled using a palladium catalyst to yield compound 151.
  • Compound 151 is converted to the allylic chloroacetate (compound 152) via palladium catalysis.
  • Compound 152 is converted to the BOC protected amine, and the acetate removed via saponification to yield compound 153.
  • Compound 153 is saturated by hydrogenation and the alcohol moieties converted to mesylates (compound,154). Cyclization of compound 154 to the pyrrole (compound 155) is accomplished with mild base.
  • Compound 155 is then reduced and the resultant amine (156) converted to the hydroxyurea (157) (vide infra).
  • the pyrrole is deprotected using trifluoroacetic acid and anisole in dichloromethane at zero degrees to yield the compound 158.
  • 3,4,5-Trimethoxyacetophenone is oxidized to the corresponding hydroxyketone (compound 159, FIG. 9) and then protected as the silyl ether (compound 160, FIG. 9).
  • Compound 160 is converted to the corresponding olefin (compound 161, FIG. 9) using a Wittig reaction.
  • Compound 161 is converted to the primary bromide compound 162 with 9-BBN (9-borabicyclo 3.3.1!nonane).
  • Compound 162 is then converted to the Grignard reagent and treated with the compound 148 to yield compound 163.
  • the alcohol protecting group in compound 163 is removed with TBAF (tetrabutylammonium fluoride) and the resulting diol (compound 164) converted to the tetrahydrofuran (165) or tetrahydrothiophene (166) using procedures described above.
  • Compounds 167 and 168 are converted to the hydroxyureas (167) and (169) by procedures described above.
  • Humans, equine, canine, bovine and other animals, and in particular, mammals, suffering from disorders mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more of the above-identified compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid, cream, gel or solid form.
  • salts or complexes refers to salts or complexes that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects.
  • Nonlimiting examples of such salts are (a) acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids (for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like), and salts formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, tannic acid, pamoic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and polygalacturonic acid; (b) base addition salts formed with metal cations such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium, sodium, potassium, and the like, or
  • the active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutically effective amount without causing serious toxic effects in the patient treated.
  • a preferred dose of the active compound for all of the above-mentioned conditions is in the range from about 0.01 to 300 mg/kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg per day, more generally 0.5 to about 25 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day.
  • a typical topical dosage will range from 0.01-3% wt/wt in a suitable carrier.
  • the effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives can be calculated based on the weight of the parent compound to be delivered. If the derivative exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the derivative, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compound is conveniently administered in any suitable unit dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 1 to 3000 mg, preferably 5 to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form
  • a oral dosage of 25-250 mg is usually convenient
  • the active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations of the active compound of about 0.01-30 mM, preferably about 0.1-10 mM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a solution or formulation of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or an aqueous medium or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
  • the concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, distribution, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
  • Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets.
  • the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules.
  • Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like.
  • a syrup may syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
  • the active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, antiinflammatories, or antiviral compounds.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • preferred carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions may also be pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container.
  • appropriate lipid(s) such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol
  • aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives are then introduced into the container.
  • the container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides of the container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension.
  • a wide variety of biological assays have been used to evaluate the ability of a compound to act as a PAF receptor antagonist, including the ability of the compound to bind to PAF receptors, and the effect of the compound on various PAF mediated pathways. Any of these known assays can be used to evaluate the ability of the compounds disclosed herein to act as PAF receptor antagonists.
  • PAF is known to induce hemoconcentration and increased permeability of microcirculation leading to a decrease in plasma volume.
  • PAF mediated acute circulatory collapse can be used as the basis of an assay to evaluate the ability of a compound to act as a PAF antagonist, by analyzing the effect of the compound on PAF induced decreased plasma volume in an animal model such as mouse.
  • Endotoxemia causes the release of chemical mediators including eicosanoids, PAF, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) that stimulate a variety of physiologic responses including fever, hypotension, leukocytosis, and disturbances in glucose and lipid metabolism. Endotoxemia can result in severe shock and death. Endotoxin-induced mouse mortality is a useful animal model to evaluate the pharmacological effect of compounds on endotoxic shock.
  • chemical mediators including eicosanoids, PAF, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) that stimulate a variety of physiologic responses including fever, hypotension, leukocytosis, and disturbances in glucose and lipid metabolism.
  • Endotoxemia can result in severe shock and death. Endotoxin-induced mouse mortality is a useful animal model to evaluate the pharmacological effect of compounds on endotoxic shock.
  • a wide variety of biological assays have also been used to evaluate the ability of a compound to inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase.
  • a cytosol 5-lipoxygenase of rat basophilic leukemia cells (RBL) has been widely utilized in studies on leukotriene biosynthesis.
  • Compounds that inhibit 5-lipoxygenase decrease the levels of leukotrienes.
  • 5-lipoxygenase Another biological assay used to evaluate the ability of a compound to inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase is based on the classic pharmacological model of inflammation induced by the topical application of arachidonic acid to the mouse ear.
  • arachidonic acid is converted by 5-lipoxygenase to various leukotrienes (and other mediators), which induce changes in blood flow, erythema, and increase vasodilation and vasopermeability.
  • the resulting edema is measured by comparing the thickness of the treated ear to a control ear.
  • Agents that inhibit 5-lipoxygenase reduce the edematous response, by lowering the amounts of biochemical mediators formed from arachidonic acid.
  • Human platelet membranes were prepared from platelet concentrates obtained from the American Red Cross Blood Services (Dedham, Mass.). After several washes with platelet wash solution (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris, and 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.5), the platelet pellets were resuspended in 5 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM Tris, and 2 mM EDTA at pH 7.0. The cells were then quickly frozen with liquid nitrogen and thawed slowly at room temperature. The freezing and thawing procedure was repeated at least three times.
  • the lysed membrane suspension was layered over the top of a discontinuous sucrose density gradient of 0.25, 1.03, and 1.5M sucrose prepared in 10 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM Tris and 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, and centrifuged at 63,500 ⁇ g for 2 hr.
  • the membrane fractions banding between 0.25 and 1.03M (membrane A) and between 1.03 and 1.5M (membrane B) were collected separately.
  • the protein concentration of the membrane preparations was determined by Lowry's method with bovine serum albumin (BSA) as the standard.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • 3 H!PAF The ability of 3 H!PAF to bind to specific receptors on human platelet membranes was evaluated at optimal conditions at pH 7.0 and in the presence of 10 mM MgCl 2 .
  • Membrane protein 100 ug was added to a final 0.5 ml solution containing 0.15 pmol (0.3 nM concentration) of 3 H!PAF and a known amount of unlabeled PAF or PAF receptor antagonist in 10 mM MgCl 2 , 10 mM Tris and 0.25% BSA at pH 7.0. After incubation for four hours at 0° C., the bound and unbound 3 H!PAF were then separated through a Whatman GF/C glass fiber filter under vacuum.
  • the nonspecific binding was defined as the total binding in the presence of excess unlabeled PAF (1 mM) where no further displacement was found with higher concentrations of either unlabeled PAF or PAF analogs or PAF receptor antagonists.
  • the specific binding was defined as the difference between total binding and nonspecific binding.
  • the IC 50 was calculated as the concentration of the inhibitor necessary to obtain 50% inhibition of the specific 3 H!PAF binding and was calculated by a nonlinear regression computer software program, GraphPad Inplot, version 3.0 (GraphPad software, San Diego, Calif.). Tables 1-4 provide the IC 50 values for a number of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes and tetrahydrofurans.
  • mice Female CD-1 mice, weighing 16-20 grams, were obtained from Charles River Laboratory (Wilmington, Mass.). Tap water and rodent laboratory chow (5001, Purina Mills, St. Louis, Mo.) were provided ad libitum. The mice were housed for an average of four days prior to use.
  • PAF (1-O-alkyl-2-acetyl-sn-glyceryl-3-phosphorylcholine, Sigma Chemical Co.) was dissolved in 0.25% bovine serum albumin (BSA) in 0.9% NaCl solution. Except for dose-response studies, 10 ⁇ g (10 ml/kg) of PAF solution was injected into the tail vein. All test compounds were dissolved in 0.5 DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to PAF challenge. Thirty to fifty ⁇ L blood was collected by cutting the tail end into a heparinized micro-hematocrit tube (O.D. 1.50 mm) 15 minutes after PAF administration.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Table 5 provides the mouse hematocrit response to varying concentration of PAF at 15 minutes after injection of PAF.
  • Table 6 provides the effect of various test compounds on PAF-induced mouse hemoconcentration; the reference compound MK287 is trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy)-5-(3-methyoxy-4-oxyallyl-(2 -hydroxyethylsulfonyl))-tetrahydroftiran. (Sahoo, etal., Bioorganic Medicinal Chem. Letters, (1991), 1,327.)
  • Arachidonic acid was applied to both ears of mice in 0.025 ml of freshly prepared vehicle (acetone:pyridine:water (97:2:1 v/v/v) and dried under a Sun-Lite Hitensity bulb. Except for dose-response studies, 0.5 mg of arachidonic acid was used for all applications. AU test compounds were dissolved in 0.5% DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to arachidonic acid treatment. Animals were sacrificed by cervical dislocation at 1 hour after topical application of arachidonic acid. A 7 mm-diameter disc of tissue was removed from each ear by means of a metal punch. Edema was measured by the average wet weight of the both ear tissues.
  • Table 7 provides out the mouse ear edematous response to varying concentrations of arachidonic acid at 1 hour after topical application.
  • Table 8 provides the effect of various test compounds on arachidonic acid induced mouse ear edema.
  • mice were obtained and treated as in Example 16 above.
  • Endotoxin (E. coli serotype 0127: B8, lipopolysaccharide, Sigma Chemical Co.) St. Louis, was freshly dissolved in 0.9% NaCl solution. Except for dose-response studies, endotoxin at 50 mg/kg was injected into the tail vein. All test compounds were dissolved in 0.5% DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to PAF challenge. Death occurred typically within 12-36 hours. Mortality was recorded 48 hours after endotoxin challenge, as death rarely occurred after 48 hr. The results of these evaluations are provided in Tables 9 and 10. Table 9 sets out the extent of mouse mortality in response to varying concentrations of endotoxin within 48 hours after intravenous injection of endotoxin is set out in Table 9. Table 10 provides the effect of test compounds on endotoxin-induced mouse mortality.
  • Washed rat RBL cells (4 ⁇ 108) were suspended in 20 ml of 50M potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 containing 10% ethylene glycol/1 mM EDTA (Buffer A). The cell suspension was sonicated at 20 KHz for 30 seconds, and the sonicate was centrifuged at 10000 ⁇ g for 10 minutes, followed by further centrifugation at 105000 ⁇ g for 1 hr. The supernatant solution (cytosol fraction) containing 5-lipoxygenase was stored at -70° C. Protein concentration was determined according to the procedure of Bradford (Bradford Dye Reagent) with bovine serum albumin as a standard.
  • the mixture contained 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 2 mM ATlP, 25M arachidonic acid (0.1 Ci) and enzyme (50-100 mg of protein) in a final volume of 200 L.
  • the reaction was carried out at 24° C. for 3 minutes.
  • the mixture was extracted with 0.2 ml of an ice-cold mixture of ethyl ether:methanol: 0.2M citric acid (30:4:1).
  • the extract was subjected to thin-layer chromatography at -10° C. in a solvent system of petroleum ether:ethyl ether:acetic acid (15:85:0.1).
  • the silica gel zones corresponding to authentic arachidonic acid and its metabolites were scrapped into scintillation vials for counting.
  • the enzyme activity is expressed in terms of the amount of arachidonic acid oxygenated for 3 minutes.

Abstract

2,5-Diaryl tetrahydrofurans, 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrofurans, 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes, 2,4-diaryl pyrrolidines, and 2,5-diaryl pyrrolidines are disclosed that reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of polymorphonuclear leukocytes during an inflammatory or immune response. The compounds exhibit this biological activity by acting as PAF receptor antagonists, by inhibiting the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or by exhibiting dual activity, i. e., by acting as both a PAF receptor antagonist and inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase.
A method to treat disorders mediated by PAF or leukotrienes is also disclosed, that includes administering an effective amount of one or more of the above-identified compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Description

This is a divisional of application U.S. Ser. No. 07/933,991 filed in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office on Aug. 24, 1992, now allowed, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/912,788, filed on Jul. 13, 1992 by Xiong Cai, Sajjat Hussoin, San-Bao Hwang, David Killian and T. Y. Shen for "COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS MEDIATED BY PLATELET ACTIVIATING FACTOR OR PRODUCTS OF 5-LIPOXYGENASE" (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,358,938).
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
This invention is in the area of pharmaceutical compositions and methods for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders, and specifically provides novel compounds that reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of polymorphonuclear leukocytes during an inflammatory or immune response. The compounds exhibit this biological activity by acting as PAF receptor antagonists, by inhibiting the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or by exhibiting dual activity, i.e., by acting as both a PAF receptor antagonist and inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase.
Platelet activating factor (PAF, 1-O-alkyl-2-acetyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphorylcholine) is a potent inflammatory phospholipid mediator with a wide variety of biological activities. PAF was initially identified as a water soluble compound released by immunoglobulin E (IgE)-sensitized rabbit basophils. It is now known that PAF is also generated and released by monocytes, macrophages, polymorphonuclear leukocytes (PMNs), eosinophils, neutrophils, natural killer lymphocytes, platelets and endothelial cells, as well as by renal and cardiac tissues under appropriate immunological and non-immunological stimulation. (Hwang, "Specific receptors of platelet-activating factor, receptor heterogeneity, and signal transduction mechanisms", Journal of Lipid Mediators 2, 123 (1990)). PAF causes the aggregation and degranulation of platelets at very low concentrations. The potency (active at 1012 to 109 M), tissue level (picomoles) and short plasma half life (2-4 minutes) of PAF are similar to those of other lipid mediators such as thromboxane A2, prostaglandins, and leukotrienes.
PAF mediates biological responses by binding to specific PAF receptors found in a wide variety of cells and tissues. Structure-activity studies on PAF and its analogs indicate that the ability of PAF to bind to these receptors is highly structure specific and stereospecific. (Shen, et al., "The Chemical and Biological Properties of PAF Agonists, Antagonists, and Biosynthetic Inhibitors", Platelet-Activating Factor and Related Lipid Mediators, F. Snyder, Ed. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y. 153 (1987)).
While PAF mediates essential biological responses, it also appears to play a role in pathological immune and inflammatory responses. Many published studies have provided evidence for the involvement of PAF in human diseases, including arthritis, acute inflammation, asthma, endotoxic shock, pain, psoriasis, ophthalmic inflammation, ischemia, gastrointestinal ulceration, myocardial infarction, inflammatory bowel diseases, and acute respiratory distress syndrome. Animal models also demonstrate that PAF is produced or increased in certain pathological states.
The involvement of PAF in pathological inflammatory and immune states has stimulated a substantial research effort to identify PAF receptor antagonists. In 1983, a phospholipid analog referred to as CV-3988 (rac-3-(N-n-octadecyl-carbamoyloxy-w-methoxypropyl-2-thiazolioethyl phosphate) was reported to have PAF receptor antagonist properties. (Terashita, et al., Life Sciences 32, 1975 (1983).) In other early work in this area, Shen, et al., (in Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, (U.S.A.) 82, 672 (1985)), reported that kadsurenone, a neolignan derivative isolated from Piper futokadsura Sieb et Zucc (a Chinese herbal plant) was a potent, specific and competitive inhibitor of PAF activity at the receptor level.
Hwang, et al., disclosed in 1985 that trans-2,5-bis-(3,4,5-trirnethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (L-652,731) inhibits the binding of tritiated PAF to PAF receptor sites. (Hwang, et al., "Trans-2,5-bis-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran", Journal of Biological Chemistry 260, 15639 (1985).) L-652,731 was found to be orally active, and to inhibit PAF-induced rat cutaneous vascular permeability at a dosage of 30 mg/kg body weight. The compound was found to have no effect on the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase. Hwang, et al. also reported that trans-L-652,731 (wherein the aryl groups at the 2 and 5 positions are on opposite sides of the plane of the tetrahydrofuran ring) is approximately 1000 times more potent than cis-L-652,731 (wherein the 2 and 5 aryl substituents are on the same side of the plane of the tetrahydrofuran ring).
In 1988, Hwang, et al., reported that L-659,989 (trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl-5methylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran) is an orally active, potent, competitive PAF receptor antagonist, with an equilibrium inhibition constant 10 times greater than that of trans-L-652,731. (Hwang, et al., J. Pharmacol. Ther. 246, 534 (1988).)
U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,996,203, 5,001,123 and 4,539,332 to Biftu, et al. and European Patent Application Nos. 89202593.3, 90306235.4, and 90306234.7 discloses that a specific class of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans are PAF receptor antagonists.
Leukotrienes, like PAF, are potent local mediators, playing a major role in inflammatory and allergic responses, including arthritis, asthma, psoriasis, and thrombotic disease. Leukotrienes are straight chain eicosanoids produced by the oxidation of arachidonic acid by lipoxygenases. Arachidonic acid is oxidized by 5-lipoxygenase to the hydroperoxide 5-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid (5-HPETE), that is converted to leukotriene A4, that in turn can be converted to leukotriene B4, C4, or D4. The slow-reacting substance of anaphylaxis is now known to be a mixture of leukotrienes C4, D4, and E4, all of which are potent bronchoconstrictors. There has been a research effort to develop specific receptor antagonists or inhibitors of leukotiene biosynthesis, to prevent or minimize pathogenic inflammatory responses mediated by these compounds.
Leukotrienes are released simultaneously from leukocytes with PAF, possibly from a common phospholipid precursor such as 1-O-hexadecyl-2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine, and upon cellular activation, act synergistically with PAF in many biological models. Recently, it was reported that the tetrahydrothiophene derivative of L-652,731, trans-2,5-bis-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene (L-653,150), is a potent PAF antagonist and a moderate inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase. It has been disclosed that certain 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes are PAF antagonists and leukotriene synthesis inhibitors. (Biftu, et al., Abstr. of 6th Int. Conf. on Prostaglandins and Related Compounds, Jun. 3-6, 1986, Florence, Italy; U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,084 to Biftu)
Given the significant number of pathological immune and inflammatory responses that are mediated by PAF and leukotrienes, there remains a need to identify new compounds and compositions that exhibit PAF receptor antagonistic activity or inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase. European Patent Application Nos. 90117171.0 and 901170171.0 disclose indole, benzofuran, and benzothiphene lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds.
Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide compounds that reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals during an inflammatory or immune response.
It is another object of the present invention to provide pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of pathological immune or inflammatory disorders mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase.
It is another object of the present invention to provide a method for the treatment of pathological immune or inflammatory disorders mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
2,5-Diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, tetrahydrofurans, and pyrrolidines, 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes, and 2,diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, tetrahydrofurans and pyrrolidines are disclosed of the structures:
wherein:
X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, CR9, or NR10 ;
W is independently:
(1) --AN(OM)C(O)N(R3)R4, --AN(R3)C(O)N(OM)R4, --AN(OM)C(O)R4, --AC(O)N(OM)R4, --N(OM)C(O)N(R3)R4, --N(R3)C(O)N(OM)R4, --N(OM)C(O)R4, --C(O)N(OM)R4, --OR6 N(R5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 N(COR5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 OC(O)N(COR5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 O(CO)N(CO2 R6)R6 (C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --A(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, or --OR6 N(CO2 R5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7 ;
(2) an amidohydroxyurea of the formula: --N(R19)C(O)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --C(O)N(R19)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --AN(R19)C(O)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --AC(O)N(R19)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --NHC(O)N(OM)C(R19)C(O)N(R19)2 ; or --NHC(O)N(OM)C(R19)N(R19)C(O)R19 ;
(3) an oxalkane of the structure: ##STR1## wherein n and m are independently 1-4; (4) a thioalkane of the structure: ##STR2##
or (5) a quinolylmethoxy of the structure: ##STR3## n is 1 or 2; m is 1,2or 3;
p is 0 or 1;
A is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyaryl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, --C1-10 alkyl(oxy)C1-10 alkyl, --C1-10 alkyl(thio)C1-10 alkyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(O)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O2)alkyl, --N(R3)C(O2)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(O2)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(O2)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O2)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --OC(O2)alkyl, --OC(O2)alkenyl, --OC(O2)alkynyl, --OC(O2)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --OC(O2)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)alkyl, --N(R3)C(S)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(S)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(S)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --SC(S)S (alkyl), --SC(S)S(alkenyl), --SC(S)S(alkynyl), --SC(S)S(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), and --SC(S )S (alkyl)thio(alkyl);
M is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, or a metabolically cleavable leaving group;
Y is independently:
(a) hydrogen;
(b) R1-6, R8, R10, --OR3, --OR11, --OR12, R3 S--, R5 S--, R3 SO--, R5 SO--, R3 SO2 --, R5 SO2 --, CF3 O--, CF3 S--, CF3 SO--, --CF3 SO2, --OCH2 oxycyclopropyl, --OCH2 C(O)OR3, --OCH2 OR3, --OCH2 C(O)R3, --OCH2 C3-8 cycloalkyl, --OCH2 CH(R)R3, --OCH2 cyclopropyl, --OCH2 --aryl, --OCH2 CH(OH)CH2 OH, aryl--CH2 --SO2 --, (R3)2 CHCH2 SO2 --, --CH2 CH(OH)CH2 OH, CF3 SO2 --, R3 R4 --, --OCH2 CO2 R3, --NR3 COR3, --OCONH2, --OCONR3 R4, --CONH 2, --CONR3 R4, --CR3 R3 R4, --SO2 NR3 R4, --SONR3 R4, --CH3 O CH2 NR3 R6, --SNR3 R4, --CO2 R3, --NR3 R4 SO2 R3, --NR3 R4 SOR, --COR3, --CONR 3, --NO2, --CN, --N(R5)CONR3 R4, --CH2 N(R5)CONR3 R4, --R6 NR3 R4, --OR6 NR3 R4, --O(O)CR5, --O(O)CNR3 R4, --OR6 n, --SR6 NR3 R4, --S(O)R6 NR3 R4, --SO2 R6 NR3 R4, --SO2 OR6 CO n, --SR6 OH, --S(O)R6 OH, --SO2 R6 OH, --OR6 OC(O)N(CO2 R6)R6 ;
(c) a heterocycle, including but not limited to, pyrryl, furyl, pyridyl; 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; pyrimidyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzofuryl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, carbozolyl, benzimidazolyl, and isoxazolyl and the like, optionally substituted with a group described in Y section (b); ##STR4## wherein X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, CF3, or OR3 ; --NR3 COR3 ; --OCONH2 ; --CR3 R3 R4 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 CO 2 R3 ; --CH2 OCOR3 ; R3 CH(R3)CH2 SO3 --; --NHCH2 COOR3 ; halo such as F, Cl, Br and I; N+R3 R3 R4 R7 ; --NR3 SO2 R3 ; COR3 ; NO2 ; or CN;
or ##STR5## wherein R13, R14 and R15 independently represents: BO-- wherein B is --CH2 -oxacyclopropyl, --CH2 OR3, --CH2 C(O)R3, --CH2 CH(R3)R3, --CH2 Aryl, --CH2 CH(OH)--CH2 OH; R3 C(R3)2 CH2 SO2 ; or R13 -R14 or R14 -R15 are joined together to form a bridge such as --OCHR2 CHR2 --S(O)n- wherein n is 0 to 3; or ##STR6## where X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, --CF3, or --OR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 CO2 R3 ; --CH2 COR3 ; --NHCH2 COOR3 ; --N+R3 R3 R4 R7.
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, specifically including lower alkyl of 1-6 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, cyclopropylmethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, as well as C3-8 cycloalkyl, for example, cyclopentyl; halo lower alkyl especially C1-6 haloalkyl, for example, trifluoromethyl; halo especially fluoro; --COOH; --CONR16 R17 wherein R16 and R17 independently represent C1-6 alkyl and hydrogen, --COOR3, lower alkenyl especially C2-6 alkenyl e.g., vinyl, allyl, CH3 CH═CH--CH2 --CH2, and CH3 CH2)--3 CH═CH--; --COR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; lower alkynyl especially C2-6 alkynyl e.g., --C═CH; --CH2 NR4 R3 ; --CH2 SR3 ; ═O; --OR3 ; or --NR3 R4 ;
R3 and R4 are independently alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkyaryl, hydrogen, C1-6 alkoxy--C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 alkylthio--C1-10 alkyl, and C1-10 substituted alkyl (wherein the substituent is independently hydroxy or carbonyl, located on any of C1-10);
R5 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxyl, hydrogen, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
R6 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, or aryl;
R7 is an organic or inorganic anion;
R8 is halo alkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
R9 is independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, --CONR3 R4, --COR5, --CO2 R5, --CH2 OR5, --CH2 NR5 R5, --CH2 SR5, ═O, ═NR5, --NR3 R4, --NR3 R4 R7, or --OR5,
R10 is --R3, --R8, --C(O)N(OR3)R3, or --OR3.
R11 is C1 to C12 alkyl; substituted C1 to C12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkenyl, lower alkoxy-alkyl; alkylcarbonylalkyl, -alkylamino, -alkylamino(alkyl or dialkyl), lower alkyl S(O)m -lower alkyl in which m is 0, 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl lower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-lower alkyl; cyanophenylthio-lower alkyl; imidazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; aminophenylthio-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted aminophenylthio-lower alkyl wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; amidinophenylthio-lower alkyl; phenylsulfinyl-lower alkyl; or phenylsulfonyl lower alkyl;
R12 is alkyl; substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino; -lower alkyl-O--R18, wherein R18 is --PO2 (OH)--M+ or --PO3 (M+)2, wherein M+ is a pharmaceutically acceptable cation; --C(O)(CH2)2 CO2 --M+, or --SO3 --M+; -lower alkylcarbonyl-lower alkyl; -carboxy lower alkyl; -lower alkylamino-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted amino lower alkyl-, wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; pyridyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-Y-lower alkyl wherein Y is thio or amino; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; pyrrolidinyl-lower alkyl; thiazolinyl-lower alkyl; piperidinyl-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower hydroxyalkyl; N-pyrryl; piperazinyl-lower alkyl; N-substituted piperazinyl-lower alkyl, wherein the substituent is lower alkyl; triazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolylamino-lower alkyl; or thiazolyl-lower alkyl;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and
R20 is H, halogen, lower alkoxy, or lower alkyl. ##STR7## Ar3 and Ar4 are independently ##STR8## wherein: X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, or NR10 ;
m is 1, 2, or 3;
t is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
Z is independently W or Y; and ##STR9## wherein Ar5 is: ##STR10## wherein Ar6 is: ##STR11## v is 0, 1, or 2; and Q is selected from the group consisting of substituted C1 to C12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkylcarbonylalkyl, alkyl; lower alkyl S(O)m -lower alkyl in which m is 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl ower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-lower alkyl; cyanophenylthio-lower alkyl; iridazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; aminophenylthio-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted aminophenylthio-lower alkyl wherein the amine substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; amidinophenylthio-lower alkyl; phenylsulfinyl-lower alkyl; or phenylsulfonyl lower alkyl; -lower alkyl-O--R18, wherein R18 is --PO2 (OH)--M+ or --PO3 (M+)2, wherein M+ is a pharmaceutically acceptable cation; --C(O)(CH2)2 CO2 --M+, or --SO3 --M+; -lower alkylcarbonyl-lower alkyl; -carboxy lower alkyl; -lower alkylamino-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted amino lower alkyl, wherein the amine substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; pyridyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-Y-lower alkyl wherein Y is thio or amino; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; pyrrolidinyl-lower alkyl; thiazolinyl-lower alkyl; piperidinyl-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower hydroxyalkyl; N-pyrryl; piperazinyl-lower alkyl; N-substituted piperazinyl-lower alkyl, wherein the amine substituent is lower alkyl; triazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolylamino-lower alkyl; or thiazolyl-lower alkyl.
These compounds in general reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of polymorphonuclear leukocytes during an inflammatory or immune response. The compounds exhibit this biological activity by acting as PAF receptor antagonists, by inhibiting the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or by exhibiting dual activity, i.e., by acting as both a PAF receptor antagonist and inhibitor of 5-lipoxygenase.
A method to treat disorders mediated by PAF or leukotrienes is also disclosed, that includes administering an effective amount of one or more of the above-identified compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Examples of immune and allergic disorders include general inflammation, cardiovascular disorders, skeletal-muscular disorders, osteoarthritis, gout, asthma, lung edema, adult respiratory distress syndrome, pain, aggregation of platelets, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, systemic lupus erythematosis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, chronic active hepatitis, idiopathic sprue, Crohn's disease, Graves ophthalmopathy, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, interstitial lung fibrosis; allergic asthma; and inappropriate allergic responses to environmental stimuli such as poison ivy, pollen, insect stings and certain foods, including atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis.
The compounds disclosed herein can also be used as research tools to study the structure and location of PAF receptors as well as biological pathways involving leukotrienes.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (compound 106, FIG. 1).
FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aninoethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 1, FIG. 2) and trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aminoethyl sulfonylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 2, FIG. 2).
FIG. 3 is a schematic illustration of a process for a preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 122, FIG. 3), trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 123, FIG. 3), and trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 124, FIG. 3).
FIG. 4 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 3, FIG. 4),trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5- (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 4, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N,N-diallyiaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 5, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5- (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 6), trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 7, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 8, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminoph-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 9, FIG. 4), trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-diallylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 10, FIG. 4), and trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5- N,N-diallylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 11, FIG. 4), and cis- and trans-2- 5-(N'- substituted-N'-substituted ureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran or tetrahydrothiophene (compounds 12-32 and 38-41, FIG. 4).
FIG. 5 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 38).
FIG. 6 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of trans-2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-(substituted)-aminocarbonyl)-aminomethyl-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compounds 33-37, FIG. 6).
FIG. 7 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 1-(3-nitro-4-propoxy5-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)cyclopentane (compound 143, FIG. 7), 1-(3-amino-4-propoxy-5-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)cyclopentane (compound 144, FIG. 7), and 2-N'-hydroxyl-N'-(substituted)-N-(2-propoxy-3-methoxy-5-(5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) cyclopentane) phenyl urea (compound 145, FIG. 7).
FIG. 8 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino (substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-cyclopentane (compound 158, FIG. 8).
FIG. 9 is a schematic illustration of a process for the preparation of 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino(substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 167, FIG. 9), and 2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino (substituted)-3-methoxy-4-propoxy)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 168, FIG. 9).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Description and Synthesis of the Compounds
A. Compounds
The term alkyl, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of C1 to C10, and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
The term lower alkyl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a C1 to C6 saturated straight, branched, or cyclic (in the case of C5-6) hydrocarbon, and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
The term alkenyl, as referred to herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a straight, branched, or cyclic (in the case of C5-6) hydrocarbon of C2 to C10 with at least one double bond.
The term lower alkenyl, as referred to herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to an alkenyl group of C2 to C6, and specifically includes vinyl and allyl.
The tern lower alkylamino refers to an amino group that has one or two lower alkyl substituents.
The term alkynyl, as referred to herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a C2 to C10 straight or branched hydrocarbon with at least one triple bond.
The term lower alkynyl, as referred to herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a C2 to C6 alkynyl group, specifically including acetylenyl and propynyl.
The term aryl, as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the substituent is halo or lower alkyl.
The term halo, as used herein, includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
The term halo (alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl) refers to a (alkyl, alkenyl, or alknyl) group in which at least one of the hydrogens in the group has been replaced with a halogen atom.
The term aralkyl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
The term alkaryl refers to an alkyl group that has an aryl substituent.
The term organic or inorganic anion refers to an organic or inorganic moiety that carries a negative charge and can be used as the negative portion of a salt.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable cation" refers to an organic or inorganic moiety that carries a positive charge and that can be administered in association with a pharmaceutical agent, for example, as a countercation in a salt. Pharmaceutically acceptable cations are known to those of skill in the art, and include but are not limited to sodium, potassium, and quaternary amine.
The term "metabolically cleavable leaving group" refers to a moiety that can be cleaved in vivo from the molecule to which it is attached, and includes but is not limited to an organic or inorganic anion, a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, acyl (for example (alkyl)C(O), including acetyl, propionyl, and butyryl), alkyl, phosphate, sulfate and sulfonate.
The term "enantiomerically enriched composition or compound" refers to a composition or compound that includes at least 95% by weight of a single enantiomer of the compound.
The term PAF receptor antagonist refers to a compound that binds to a PAF receptor with a binding constant of 30 μM or lower.
The term 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor refers to a compound that inhibits the enzyme at 30 μM or lower in a broken cell system.
The term pharmaceutically active derivative refers to any compound that upon administration to the recipient, is capable of providing directly or indirectly, the compounds disclosed herein.
The 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, pyrrolidines, and tetrahydrofurans, 1,3 diaryl cyclopentanes, and the 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes, pyrrolidines and tetrahydrofurans of the above-defined formulas exhibit PAF receptor antagonist activity or inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, or have dual activity, and are thus useful in the treatment of humans who have immune and allergic disorders that are mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase.
The following are nonlimiting examples of compounds that fall within Formulas I, II, and III. These examples are merely exemplary, and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
Formula I
cis and trans Isomers of the following compounds:
N-Alkyl/arylhydroxyureas
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methoxyethoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methoxythioethoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tri-methoxyphenyl)-trahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-nicotinoyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-3-pyridiniumcarbonyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-propyl iodide.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-3-pyridiniumcarbonyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy )-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-propyl iodide.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-3-pyridiniumcarbonyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-ethyl iodide.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-3-pyridiniumcarbonyl-N-phenyl aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trirnethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran-ethyl iodide.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-methoxyethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-methylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-(N-nicotinoyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy)-3-meth-oxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyueidyl)-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-tert-Butyl-N'-hydroxyueidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-n-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl) -tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tiimethoxyphenyl)- tetrahydrofuran.
2-(5-N'-Hydroxyureidyl-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-sec-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Hexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-octylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methoxyethylw-eidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Decyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3 ,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trmethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-octylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methoxyethylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 5-(N'-Decyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene.
Triple bonded hydroxamates
2- 5- 1-(N-Acetyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn- 3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tri-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
2- 5- 1 -(N-Hydroxy-N-propanoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-Butanoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yi-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-i-propanoylamino)propyn-3-yl!
-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-cyclohexanecarbonylanino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-Benzoyl-N-hydroxylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-hydroxy-N-3-phenoxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-hydroxy-N-4-methoxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-3-Benzoylbenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-4-hydroxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-(3,4,5-trimethoxypheny)-tetrahydrofuran.
Triple bonded ureas
2- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1(N'-n-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Cyclopropylmethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Aflyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-hydroxyethylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Double bonded hydroxamates: Both cis and trans isomers at the tetrahydrofuran ring
2- 5- trans-1-(N-Acetyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-Hydroxy-N-propanoylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-Butanoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-hydroxy-N-nicotinoylamino)propen-3-yl! -3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-Hydroxy-N-phenylacetylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3, 4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-3-Phenoxybenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-3-Chlorobenzoyi-N-hydroxyaino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-3-Chlorobenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-2,4-Difluorobenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N-3,4-Methylenedioxybenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trinmethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
and also the corresponding saturated hydroxamates, e.g.,
2- 5- 1-(N-3,4-Methylenedioxybenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Double bonded ureas: Both cis and trans isomer at the tetrahydrofuran ring
2- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimthhoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-N-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N'-Allyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans- 1-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylthioethylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran. 2- 5- trans-1-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxy !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
and also the corresponding saturated ureas, e.g.,
2- 5- 1(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Formula II
cis and trans isomer of the following compounds:
N-Alkyl/arylhydroxyureas
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methoxyethoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methylthioethoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-(N-nicotinoyl-N-phenyaminoethoxy)-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4- (N-(N-propyl-3-pyridinium carbonyl)!-N-phenyaminoethoxy)-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran iodide
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-(N-(N-propyl-3-pyridinium carbonyl)-N-phenyaminoethoxy)-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran iodide
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-(N-(N-ethyl-3-pyridinium carbonyl)-N-phenyaminoethoxy)-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran iodide
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-(N-(N-ethyl-3-pyridinium carbonyl)-N-phenyaminoethoxy)-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran iodide
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methoxyethoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-p-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-methylthioethoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofiran
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-(N-nicotinoyl-N-phenylaminoethoxy )-phenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4-(5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-4-p-cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-p-Chlorophenyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-tert-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-N'-Hydroxyureidyl-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-sec-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-n-Hexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-octylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methoxyethylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-n-Decyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3 ,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetahydrofuran
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-pentylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-n-Hexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-n-octylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tehahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methoxyethylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene
4- 5-(N'-n-Decyl-N'-hydroxylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl )-tetahydrothiophene
Triple bonded hydroxamates
4- 5- 1-(N-Acetyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-propanoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Butanoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yi!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-i-propanoylamino)propyn-3-yl !-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetraydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Cyclohexanecarbonyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5trimethoxyphenyl-tetrahydrafuran
4- 5- 1-(N-Benzoyl-N-hydroxylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-3-phenoxyoxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4 -propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-4-methoxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yi!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-3-Benzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-4-hydroxybenzoylamino)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Triple bonded ureas
4- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1(N'-n-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Cyclopropylmethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Allyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyn-3--yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- 1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-hydroxyethylureidyl)propyn-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Double bonded hydroxamates: Both cis and trans isomers at the tetrahydrofuran ring
4- 5- trans-1-(N-Acetyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-propanoylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans- 1-(N-Butyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N-hydroxy-N-nicotinoylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1(N-Hydroxy-N-phenylacetylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5 trans-1-(N-Hydroxy-N-3-phenoxybenzoylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4- propoxy phenyl! -2-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N-3-Chlorobenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methioxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans- 1-(N-3-Chlorobenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl !-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N-2,4-Difluorobenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxypheny 1!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans- 1-(N-Hydroxy-N-3,4-methylenedioxybenzoylamino)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl! -2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
and also the corresponding saturated hydroxamates, e.g., 4- 5- 1-(-N-Hydroxy
N-3,4-methylenedioxybenzoyl-N-hydroxyamino)propyl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran.
Double bonded ureas: Both cis and trans isomer at the tetrahydrofuran ring
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-propylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-N-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Allyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl-2 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylthioethylureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4 -propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
4- 5- trans-1-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propen-3-yl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxy!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
and also the corresponding saturated ureas, e.g.,
4- 5- 1(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)propyl!-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
Formula III
cis and trans Isomers of the following compounds:
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-N-ethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-N,N-dipropylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methylthioethoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2-(4-p -Hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2- 3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-(1-pyrrolidinyl) phenyl!-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-N,N-diethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trinmethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 4-p-Cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-(1-pyrrolidinyl) phenyl!-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxy-5-N, N-dimethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-p-cyanophenylthioethoxy-5-N, N-diethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(4-p-Hydroxyphenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxy phenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(4-p-Cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-N,N-dimethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 3-Methoxy-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxy-5-(4-morpholinyl) phenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-p-methoxyphenylthioethoxy-5-N,N-dimethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(4-p-Cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2-(4-p-Cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2- 4-p-Cyanophenylthioethoxy-3-methoxy-5-(4-morpholinyl) phenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methoxyethoxy-5-N,N-dibutylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-methylthioethoxy-5-N-methylaminophenyi)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene.
B. Stereochemistry
The 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans, tetrahydrothiophenes, and pyrrolidines, 1,3-cyclopentanes, and the 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrofurans, tetrahydrothiophenes, and pyrrolidines disclosed herein exhibit a number of stereochemical configurations. Carbon atoms 2 and 5 (or 2 and 4, in the compounds of Formula II) in the center ring are chiral, and thus the center ring exists at a minimum as a diastereomeric pair. Each diastereomer exists as a set of enantiomers. Therefore, based on the chiral C2 and C5 (or C2 and C4, in Formula II) atoms alone, the compound is a mixture of four enantiomers.
If nonhydrogen substituents are located on carbon atoms 3 and 4 in the center ring, (or carbon atoms 3 and 5, in Formula II compounds) then the C3 and C4 atoms are also chiral, and can also exist as a diastereomeric pair, that is again a mixture of four enantiomers.
The R groups in the active compounds described herein can likewise include chiral carbons, and thus, optically active centers.
It is sometimes found that one or more enantiomers of a biologically active compound is more active, and perhaps less toxic, than other enantiomers of the same compound. Such enantiomerically enriched compounds are often preferred for pharmaceutical administration to humans. For example, it has been discovered that trans-2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophene and trans-2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofuran are often more active PAF receptor antagonists than their cis counterparts.
One of ordinary skill in the art can easily synthesize and separate the enantiomers of the disclosed compounds using chiral reagents and known procedures, and can evaluate the biological activity of the isolated enantiomer using methods disclosed herein or otherwise known. Through the use of chiral NMR shift reagents, polarimetry, or chiral HPLC, the optical enrichment of the compound can be determined.
Classical methods of resolution include a variety of physical and chemical techniques. Often the simplest and most efficient technique is repeated recrystallization. Recrystallization can be performed at any stage in the preparation of the compound, or the final enantiomeric product If successful, this simple approach represents a method of choice.
When recrystallization fails to provide material of acceptable optical purity, other methods can be evaluated. If the compound is basic, one can use chiral acids that form diastereomeric derivative that may possess significantly different solubility properties. Nonlimiting examples of chiral acids include malic acid, mandelic acid, dibenzoyl tartaric acid, 3-bromocamphor-8-sulfonic acid, 10-camphorsulfonic acid, and di-p-toluoyltartaric acid. Similarly, acylation of a free hydroxyl group with a chiral acid also results in the formation of diastereomeric derivatives whose physical properties may differ sufficiently to permit separation.
Enantiomerically pure or enriched compounds can be obtained by passing the racemic mixture through a chromatographic column that has been designed for chiral separations, including cyclodextrin bonded columns marketed by Rainin Corporation.
A variety of chemical reagents and experimental procedures have been developed in recent years to produce enantiomerically pure or enriched products. For example, individual 2S,5S or 2R,5R enantiomers of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans can be prepared by the method described by Corey et al. (Corey, E. J. et al., Tetrahedron Letters 29, 2899 (1988)).
C. Syntheses of Active Compounds
The 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes disclosed herein can be prepared in a variety of ways known to those skilled in the art, including by methods disclosed in or obvious in view of methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,539,332, 4,757,084, 4,996,203 and 5,001,123, and European Patent Application Nos. 90306234.7, 90306235.4, and 89202593.3. Examples 1-14, and corresponding FIGS. 1-6, provide detailed descriptions of the preparation of a number of active 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes.
1,3-Diaryl cyclopentanes can be prepared as described in Example 15 (FIG. 7) following the procedure of Graham, et al. (1.3-Diaryl Cyclopentanes: A New Class of Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists. 197th ACS National Meeting, Dallas, Tex., Apr. 9-14, 1989, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, poster no. 25 (abstract)), or by other known methods.
2,5-Diaryl pyrrolidines can be prepared as described in Example 16 (FIG. 8), or by other methods known to those skilled in the art, including that described by Boekvall, et al. (J. Org. Chem. 55, 826 (1990)).
2,4Diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes can be prepared as described in detail in Example 17 (FIG. 9), or by other methods known to those skilled in the art. 2,4-Diaryl pyrrolidines can also be prepared by adaptations of methods described herein, or by other known methods.
A general procedure for preparing a hydroxyurea is: ##STR12## wherein R is a 2,5-diaryl tetahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran, or pyrrolidine; 1,3-diaryl cyclopentane; or 2,4-diaryl tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran or pyrrolidine; with or without a linking moiety, and R' is a moiety as defined in detail above.
General procedures for preparing reverse hydroxyureas are: ##STR13##
A general procedure for preparing a hydroxamic acid is: ##STR14##
A general procedure for preparing a reverse hydroxamic acid is: ##STR15##
A general procedure for preparing amidohydroxyurea moieties is: ##STR16##
Oxaalkanes and thioalkanes can be prepared as described by Crawley, et al., J. Med Chem., 35, 2600-2609 (1992), and illustrated below, by conversion of the desired moiety into a Grignard reagent or lithium salt, followed by reaction with the appropriate cyclic ketone. ##STR17##
Quinolylmethoxy moieties can be prepared as described by Musser, et al., J. Med. Chem., 35, 2501-2524 (1992), and references cited therein, as illustrated below. ##STR18##
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of trans-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-aminoethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (1, FIG. 2) N,N-Dibenzyloxycarbonyl cystamine (compound 101, FIG. 1)
Cystamine dichloride (18 g, 79.93 mmole) was dissolved in 180 mL of 2N NaOH (14.4 g, 360 mmole). To this solution was added benzyl chloroformate (29.72 g, 174.21 mmole) dropwise at 0° C. A precipitate formed, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0° C. The precipitate was collected, washed with water and methanol and recrystallized from CHCl3 -CH3 OH to obtain a white crystalline solid (30.1 g, 89.6%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 2.78 (t, 4H), 3.48 (q, 4H); 5.10 (s, 4H); 5.24 (bs, 2H); 7.34 (s, 10H).
3,4-Dimethoxy-5-iodo-benzaldehyde (compound 102, FIG. 1)
A mixture of 5-iodovanillin (7 g, 25.18 mmole), potassium carbonate (8.78 g, 63.53 mmole) and iodomethane (6.43 g, 45.30 mmole) was suspended in 60 mL of DMF and stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to obtain a solid which was recrystallized from hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1) (6.28 g, 85.4%).
3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiobenzaldehyde (compound 103, FIG. 1)
A suspension of 3,4-dimethoxy-5-iodo-benzaldehyde (6.18 g, 21.16 mmole) and copper (11.55 g, 181.74 mmole) in 50 mL of DMF was heated at 140° C. for 2 hours and N,N-dibenzyloxycarbonyl cystamine (14.19 g, 33.78 mmole) was added. The solution was heated at 140° C. for 40 hours, filtered and the residue washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was evaporated to leave a solid which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate and hexane (7.05 g, 88.5%).
3-(N,N-Dimethylamino)-1-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1-propanone (compound 104, FIG. 1)
3,4,5-Trimethoxyacetophenone (50 g, 237.8 mmole), paraformaldehyde (9.75 g, 304.7 mmole), dimethylamine hydrochloride (26.42 g, 324.0 mmole) and 5 mL conc. HCl were dissolved in 200 mL absolute ethanol and refluxed for 10 hours. Additional dimethylamine hydrochloride (13.21 g, 162.0 mmole) and paraformaldehyde (9.75 g, 304.7 mmole) were added and the solution returned to reflux. After 54 hours (total reaction time), 80 mL of 10% HCl and 500 mL of water were added and the solution was extracted with ethyl ether. The acidic aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with 10% NaOH. The basic solution was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to provide 57.5 g of a yellow oil (92%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 2.30 (s, 6H); 2.74 (t, 2H); 3.11 (t, 2H); 3.91 (s, 9H); 7.23 (s, 1H); 7.32 (s, 1H).
3-(N,N,N-Trimethylamino-1-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1-propanone iodide (compound 105, FIG. 1)
3-(N,N-Dimethylamino-1-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1-propanone (57 g, 213.5 mmole) was dissolved in 200 mL of anhydrous diethyl ether. To this solution was added methyl iodide (57.6 g, 405.7 mmole). A white precipitate formed immediately, and the reaction stirred at room temperature for an additional 2 hours. The product was isolated by suction filtration (83.8 g, 96%).
3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (compound 106, FIG. 1)
3-(N,N,N-Trimethylamino-1-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1-propanone iodide (30 g, 73.3 mmole) and potassium carbonate (16.0 g, 115.9 mmole) were suspended in acetone (500 mL). The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and then heated at reflux for 5 hours. The solution was then filtered, and evaporated to an oil which was purified by flash column chromatography using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as solvent (9.2 g, 56.4%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 3.92 (s, 9H); 5.92 (d, 1H); 6.44 (d, 1H); 7.12 (m, 1H); 7.22 (s, 2H).
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4 -butanedione (compound 107, FIG. 2)
Freshly prepared 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (8.46 g, 38.11 mmole), 3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiobenzaldehyde (7.05 g, 18.8 mmole), 3-benzyl-5 -(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methyl-thiazolium chloride (2.0 g, 7.41 mmole) and 32 ml of trimethylamine were stirred at 65° C. overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by flash column chromatography using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent (8.36 g, 76.7%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 3.10 (t, 2H); 3.45 (m, 6H); 3.90 (s, 3H); 3.93 (s, 9H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 5.08 (s, 2H); 5.30 (bt, 1H); 7.29 (s, 2H); 7.33 (s, 5H); 7.46 (d, 1H); 7.72(d, 1H).
1-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl-5-N-benzyloxy carbonylethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (compound 109, FIG. 2)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1, 4-butanedione (2.26 g, 5.16 mmole) was dissolved in 23 mL of THF and the solution was diluted with 36 mL of methanol. To this solution was added sodium borohydride (264.9 mg, 9.29 mmole) in 10 mL of water dropwise, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, quenched with water, and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to provide 2.21 g of diol (97.6%).
2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonyl ethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 111, FIG. 2)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (2.66 g, 4.547 mmole) and 2.6 g of P4 S10 were dissolved in 30 mL pyridine and heated at 90° C. for 16 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation in vacuo and the residue was acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 10% HCl, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give a gummy residue that was purified by flash column chromatography using 2:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as solvent and then by HPLC using hexane and ethyl acetate as solvent.
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-aminoethyl thiophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 1, FIG. 2)
Compound 1 is prepared from 2-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene by treatment with KOH (5 equivalents) in ethylene glycol at 100° C. for 24 hours. The mixture is quenched with water and extracted with an organic solvent. The organic layer is dried, and evaporated to leave a solid that is purified by chromatography.
EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-aminoethylsulfonylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 2, FIG. 2)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (Compound 108, FIG. 3)
A solution of magnesium monoperoxyphthalic acid (MMPP, 5.98 g, 9.68 mmole) in water (15 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3,4-dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (3 g, 5.16 mmole) in 40 mL of acetonitrile at room temperature. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then water added, and the mixture extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 1N NaOH, water and then saturated aqueous NaCl, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a solid that was recrystallized in ethyl acetate and hexane to provide 2.97 g of dione (93.7%).
1-(3,4Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (compound 110, FIG. 2)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonylphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (2.87 g, 4.68 mmole) was dissolved in 20 mL THF and the solution diluted with 32 mL methanol. To this solution was added sodium borohydride (318.8 mg, 8.43 mmole) in 9 mL water dropwise, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The solution was cooled and quenched with water, the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane and the organic layer dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to provide 2.86 g of diol (99%).
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxy carbonylethylsulfonylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 112, FIG. 2).
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (2.8 g, 4.54 mmole) was dissolved in 25 mL pyridine and treated with 2.82 g of P4 S10 and then heated at 90° C. for 16 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation in vacuo, and the residue was acidified. with 10% HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 10% HCl, water, and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated to give a gummy residue that was purified by flash column chromatography with 1:1 hexane: ethyl acetate, followed by HPLC using hexane and ethyl acetate as solvent (yield 34 mg). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 2.09 (m, 2H); 2.60 (m, 2H); 3.60 (m, 4H); 3.82 (s, 3H); 3.90 (s, 6H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 3.96 (s, 3H) ; 4.81 (m, 2H); 5.09 (s, 2H); 5.49 (bs, 1H); 6.70 (s, 2H); 7.34 (d, 1H); 7.35 (s, 5H); 7.56 (d, 1H).
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-aminoethyl sulfonylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 2, FIG. 2)
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzyloxycarbonylethylsulfonyl-phenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (32.6 mg, 0.052 mmole) was dissolved in 3 mL ethanol. To this solution was added 1.2 mL cyclohexene and 46.9 mg 10% Pd-C catalyst. The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours, and then the catalyst removed by filtration. The catalyst was washed with ethanol, and the combined filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure to an oil that was purified by flash column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (1:1) followed by chloroform/acetone (4:1) to provide 4.1 mg product. 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 2.09 (m, 2H); 2.60 (m, 2H); 2.68 (t, 2H); 3.10 (bs, 2H); 3.45 (t, 2H); 3.82 (s, 3H); 3.89 (s, 6H); 3.93 (s, 3H); 3.97 (s, 3H); 4.81 (m, 2H); 6.70 (s, 2H); 7.30 (s, 1H); 7.50 (s, 1H).
EXAMPLE 3
Preparation of trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -tri-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 3, FIG. 4)
3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (compound 114, FIG. 3)
A mixture of sodium hydride (6.09 g, 152.3 mmole) in 20 mL of dry dimethylformamide (DMF) was cooled to 0° C. and then 5-nitrovanillin (25 g, 126.8 mmole) in 41 mL of DMF was added dropwise. After 30 minutes, propyl iodide (25.87 g, 152.0 mmole) was added dropwise at 0° C. When the addition was completed, the reaction was maintained at room temperature for 2 hours and then stirred overnight at 70° C. Water was added, and-the solution extracted with ethyl ether, washed with 10% NaOH, dried over MgSO4, filtered and then evaporated in vacuo to an oil (19 g, 62.7%).
1-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (compound 116, FIG. 3)
A solution of 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (13.25 g, 59.64 mmol), 3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (11.95, 50 mmol), 3-benzyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methylthiazolium chloride (5.36 g, 19.91 mmol) and triethylamine (50 mL) were stirred at 60° C. overnight, and then quenched with water, acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an yellow oil that was purified by flash column chromatography using 2:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as the solvent to yield a white solid (9.59 g, 41.6%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.07 (t, 3H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 3.40 (d, 4 H); 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 9H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H).
1-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 1,4-butanediol (compound 118, FIG. 3)
To a solution of 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (11.53 g, 25 mmol) in 350 mL of methanol and 250 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise a solution of sodium borohydride (3.076 g, 81.34 mmol) in 140 mL of water. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide a foam (11.53 g, 99.24%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.05 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.95 (m, 6H), 3.80-3.98 (m, 12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.72. (m, 2H), 6.6 (s, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H).
2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound119, FIG. 3)
A suspension of P4 S10 (19.25 g, 43.3 mmol) in 250 mL of pyridine was heated at 120° C. for 75 minutes. To this suspension was then added a solution of 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl) -4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-diol (4.65 g, 10 mmol) in 50 mL of pyridine. The temperature was reduced to 90° C. and stirring continued for an additional 90 minutes. After cooling, ice and water were added, the mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with water, 5% HCl, water, sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated.
The mixture of cis and trans compounds were separated by HPLC using Water's prep Nova-Pak HR silica cartridge (9:1 hexane: ethyl acetate) to provide 300 mg (6.5%) trans and 250 mg (5.42%) of cis isomer. Trans isomer. 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.05 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 12H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.85 (m, 2H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H). Cis isomer. 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.05 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 12H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.70 (m, 2H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H).
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 122, FIG. 3)
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (2.235 g, 5 mmol) was dissolved in 45 mL of absolute ethanol. To this solution was added calcium chloride (0.5 g, 5 mmol) in 10 mL of water followed by freshly activated zinc dust (7.5 g). The mixture was refluxed for 12 hours, and the solid then removed by vacuum filtration through Celite. The filtrate was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated in vacuo to a white foam (2.085 g, 97.28%).
trans isomer. 1 H NMR: (CDCl3): 1.10 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.97 (m, 12H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 5.20-5.35 (m, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 6.75 (s, 2H).
The cis product can be obtained in the same manner as described above using cis-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-tetrahydrofuran as the starting material.
Cis isomer. 1 H NMR: (CDCl3): 1.10 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.97 (m, 12H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 5.10-5.20 (m, 2H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 6.75 (s, 2H).
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 3, FIG. 4)
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetahydrofuran (50 mg, 0.12 mmole) and potassium carbonate (1.0 g) were suspended in 2 mL of DMF. Benzyl bromide (205.1 mg, 1.2 mmole) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography with hexane/ethyl acetate solvent (yield 50.2 mg, 82.6%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.05 (t, 3H); 1.83 (m, 4H); 2.32 (m, 2H); 3.85 (s, 3H); 3.90 (s, 6H ); 3.91 (s, 3H); 4.05 (t, 2H); 4.28 (d, 2H); 4.67 (bs, 1H); 5.08 (m, 2H); 6.42 (s, 1H); 6.57 (s, 2H); 6.65 (s, 1H); 7.20 (m, 5H).
EXAMPLE 4
Preparation of trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5(3,4, 5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 4, FIG. 4)
A mixture of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (20 mg. 0.048 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.4 g), and 2-iodoethanol (82.47 mg, 0.48 mmol) was suspended in 2 mL of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil which was purified by column using 3:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as solvent (12.8 mg, 57.9%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.02 (t, 3H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, 2H ), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 6H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 5.18 (m, 2H), 6.40 (d, 2H), 6.61 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 5
Preparation of trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N,N-diallylphenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 5, FIG. 4)
A mixture of trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetahydrofuran (20 mg, 0.048 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.4 g), and 2-allyliodide (80.56 mg, 0.48 mmol) was suspended in 2 mL of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, and then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil which was purified by column using 4:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as solvent (5.1 mg, 21.4%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.02 (t, 3H),1.79 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 3.81 (m, 2H) , 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 6H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 5.10-5.20 (m, 6H), 5.80 (m, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 2H), 6.63 (s, 1H).
EXAMPLE 6
Preparation of trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 6, FIG. 4)
3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (compound 113, FIG. 3)
A suspension of sodium hydride (4.87 g, 121.7 mmole) in 18 mL dry DMF was cooled to 0° C. and then 5-nitrovanillin (20 g, 101.4 mmole) in 30 mL of DMF was added dropwise. After 30 minutes, methyl iodide (43.18 g, 304.2 mmole) was added dropwise at 0° C. When the addition was completed, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. Water was added and the solution extracted with ethyl ether, the organic layer was washed with 10% NaOH solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil (8.7 g, 40.7%).
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 1,4-butanedione(compound 115, FIG. 3)
A mixture of freshly prepared 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenylvinylketone (7.12 g, 32.08 mmole), 3,4-dimethoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (5.64 g, 26.73 mmole), 3-benzyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4 -methylthiazolium chloride (2.79 g, 10.69 mmole) and triethylamine (28 mL) were stirred at 65° C. overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to an oil which was purified by flash column chromatography using 1:1 hexane and ethyl acetate as eluent (4.71 g, 40.7%).
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (compound 117, FIG. 3)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (4.65 g, 10.74 mmole) was dissolved in 40 mL THF and the solution was diluted with 75 mL of methanol. To this solution sodium borohydride (0.73 g, 19.33 mmole) in 20 mL of water was added dropwise. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours, and the reaction mixture cooled, quenched with water, and the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to provide 4.61 g of product (98.3%).
2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 120, FIG. 3)
1-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (4.61 g, 10.55 mmole) and 6.57 g of P4 S10 were suspended in 60 mL of pyridine and heated at 90° C. for 16 hours. The solvent was removed by distillation in vacuo. The residue was acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 10% HCl, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give a gummy residue that was purified by flash column chromatography using 3:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as the solvent (335.6 mg, 7.3%). 1 H NMR (CDCL3): 2.08 (m, 2H); 2.60 (m, 2H); 3.82 (s, 3H); 3.90 (s, 6H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 3.98 (s, 6H); 4.81 (m, 2H); 6.70 (s, 2H); 7.22 (d, 1H); 7.44 (d, 1H).
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 123, FIG. 3)
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (0.3 g, 0.69 mmole) was suspended in 10 ml of ethanol. To this was added CaCl2 (72.63 mg, 0.65 mmole) in 2 mL water, followed by zinc metal (1.01 g). The suspension was refluxed for 5 hours, filtered, and the residue was washed with ethanol. The combined filtrate was washed with 10% NaHCO3, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4 and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by flash column chromatography using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as solvent (30 mg, 10.8%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 2.10 (m, 2H); 2.57 (m, 2H); 3.81 (s, 3H); 3.83 (s, 3H); 3.87 (s, 3H); 3.89 (s, 6H); 4.80 (m, 2H); 6.45 (d, 1H); 6.51 (d, 1H); 6.70 (s, 2H).
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 6, FIG. 4)
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (10 mg, 0.025 mmole) and potassium carbonate (0.2g) were suspended in 1 mL of DMF. To this solution was added benzyl bromide (42.23 mg, 0.25 mmole). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with water and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (3:1).
EXAMPLE 7
Preparation oftrans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 7, FIG. 4)
3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (compound 1414, FIG. 4), 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4- (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 1,4-butanedione (compound 116, FIG. 4), and 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 1,4 -butanediol (compound 118, FIG. 4) were prepared as described in Example 3.
2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trnethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 121, FIG. 3)
Compound 121 was prepared in the same way as compound 120 (Example 6), using compound 118 as the starting material.
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 124, FIG. 3)
Compound 124 was prepared in the same way as compound 123 (Example 6), using compound 121 as the starting material.
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4propoxy-5-benzylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 7, FIG. 4)
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (10 mg, 0.023 mmole) and potassium carbonate (0.2 g) were suspended in 1 mL DMF. To this mixture was added benzyl bromide (39.50 mg, 0.23 mmole). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with water, and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate (3:1) as solvent.
EXAMPLE 8
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N,N-dihydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 8, FIG. 4)
Compound 8 was prepared by the method described above for compound 4, using compound 123 as the starting material.
EXAMPLE 9
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N-hydroxyethylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 9, FIG. 4)
Compound 9 was prepared in the same manner as compound 4, described above, using compound 122 as the starting material.
EXAMPLE 10
trans-2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-5-N,N-diallylaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-tri-methoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 10, FIG. 5)
Compound 10 was prepared by the method described above for compound 5, using compound 123 as the starting material.
EXAMPLE 11
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-N,N-diallyfaminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 11, FIG. 4)
Compound 11 was prepared in the same manner as compound 5, using compound 124 as the starting material.
EXAMPLE 12
cis- and trans-2- N'-hydroxyl-N'-(substituted)!-N- 2-propoxy-3-methoxy-5-{5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-(tetrahydrofuran or tetrahydrothiophene)}-phenyl!-urea (compounds 12-32 and 38-41, FIG. 4)
3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (compound 114, FIG. 3)
A mixture of 5-nitrovanillin (19.72 g, 100 mmol), potassium carbonate (35 g, 253.23 mmol) and propyl iodide (32.86 mL, 335.83 mmol) in 160 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was then cooled, quenched with water and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed several times with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to an oil which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (230-400 mesh) using 2:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent, to provide 3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrobenzaldehyde (13.54 g, 57%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H).
Compounds 122 and 124 are prepared as described above.
cis and trans 2- N'-Hydroxyl!-N- 2-propoxy-methoxy-5-{5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran }-phenyl!urea (compound 12, FIG. 4)
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminophenyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (41.7 mg, 0.1 mmol), triethylamine (20 mL), and triphosgene (10 mg, 0.034 mmol) in 5 mL of dry dichloromethane were refluxed for 2 hours under an argon atmosphere. The reaction was monitored with thin layer chromatography. On indication that the amine had been converted to isocyanate, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (10.5 mg, 0.15 mmol) in 0.5 mL of THF, 29 mL of triethylamine, and 0.1 mL of water added. The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight under an argon atmosphere. The solvent was then removed in vacuo, and the resulting oil dissolved in dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to an oil in vacuo. The oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 1:1.5 hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent (38 mg, 79.83%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.20 (m, 2 H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (br, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis and trans 2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-nitrophenyl)-5-(3,4,5 trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 119, FIG. 3)
Compound 119 was prepared as described in Example 3.
The nitro group in compound 119 can be reduced to provide the corresponding amine (compound 122, FIG. 3) in a manner similar to that described above for the reduction of the nitro group in compound 121 to provide compound 124.
A wide variety of hydroxy urea derivatives of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and tetrahydrothiophenes can be obtained using the general procedure set out above for the preparation of compound 12, by reaction of the appropriately substituted hydroxy amine with a 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofuran or tetrahydrothiophene that has an appropriately placed amine function. The following compounds were obtained using this general method.
trans- 2- 5-(N'-Methyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 13, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H),1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s,1 H).
trans- 2- 5-(N'-Isopropyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5 -trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 14, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (d, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m,2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H) 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5 -(3,4,5-trinmethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 15, FIG. 4).
1 H NMR (CDCl3):1.00 (t, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 16, FIG. 4).
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 5H), 2.00 (m, 3H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 17, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.7 (s, 2H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.5 (m, 6H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 18, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, H), 8.50 (s, 1
cis -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 19, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.85 (br, H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 20, FIG. 4) 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (d, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-tert-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 21, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m ,2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 22, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 5H), 2.00 (2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Benzyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5 -(3,4,5 -trinethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 23, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.7 (s, 2H), 5.0 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.5 (m, 6H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 24, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 12H), 4.01 t, 2H), 4.75 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.4 (s, H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl! -5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 25, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m,2H), 2.00 (m,2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m,12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.80 (m,2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-i-propylylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 26, FIG. 4)
1H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (d, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.8 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans-2-(N'-hydroxyl-N'-tert-butyl-N-(2-propoxy-3-methoxy-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene) phenyl urea (compound 27, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m,12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.8 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 28, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H),3.80 -4.00 (m, 12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.65 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis -2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-methylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl! -5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene (compound 29, FIG. 4)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H),1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.65 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
Cis- 2- 5-(N'-Hydroxy-N'-isopropylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 30, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (d, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
Cis- 2- 5-(N'-t-Butyl-N'-isopropylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 31, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.75 (m,2H), 2.00 (m,2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m,12H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.65 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
Cis- 2- 5-(N'-Cyclohexyl-N'-isopropylureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 32, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.75 (m, 5H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans- 2- 5-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 38, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.75 (q, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m,14H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
trans- 2- 5-(N'-n-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trinethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 39, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.70 (t, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m,14H), 5.20 (m,2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis- 2- 5-(N'-Ethyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl) tetrahydrofuran (compound 40, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.75 (q, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
cis- 2- 5-(N'-n-Butyl-N'-hydroxyureidyl)-3-methoxy-4-propoxyphenyl!-5-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 41, table 2)
1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.70 (t, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 14H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H).
EXAMPLE 13
trans-2-(5-(N-Hydroxy-N-substituted-minocarbonyl)-aminomethyl-4-propoxy-3-methoxy)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compounds 33-37, FIG. 8)
3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-iodobenzaldehyde (compound 125, FIG. 5)
5-Iodovanillin (25 g, 0.09 mol) in DMF (100 mL) was treated with potassium carbonate (32 g, 0.23 mol) and n-propyl iodide (52 g, 0.3 mol, 31 mL) and heated for 16 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ether (3×250 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was evaporated by distillation under diminished pressure to an oil, and then purified by column chromatography (silica, 7:3 petroleum ether-ethyl acetate), to provide an amber colored solid (26.9 g, 93%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.07 (t, 3H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.06 (t, 3H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 9.81 (s, 1H).
1 -(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-iodophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1, 4-butanedione (compound 126, FIG. 5)
3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenylvinylketone (11.6 g, 0.052 mol), 3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-iodobenzaldehyde (13.8 g, 0.043 mol), and 3-benzyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methylthiazolium chloride (4.6 g, 0.017 mol) were sired in triethylamine (35 mL) at 60° C. for 16 hours. The solution was then acidified, poured into chloroform (500 mL) and washed with 10% HCl, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the product isolated from petroleum ether-ethyl acetate to provide pale yellow microcrystals (27 g, 92%). m.p. 119-121 C. 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.07 (t, 3H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 9H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H).
1-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-cyano)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (compound 132, FIG. 6)
1-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-iodophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 1,4-butanedione (10.0 g, 18.4 mmol) and CuCN (16.6 g, 0.184 mol) in DMF (100 mL) were heated at 14° C. for 2 hours. The solution was cooled and poured onto water (500 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with chloroform (3×250 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The resulting material was concentrated, and the product isolated from hexane-ethyl acetate as pale yellow microcrystals (7.75 g, 95%).
1-(3 -Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-cyano)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (compound 133, FIG. 6)
To 1 -(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-cyano)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanedione (4.0 g, 9.06 mmol) in 5:1 methanol/THF (125 mL) was added sodium borohydride (617 mg, 16.3 mmol), and the solution stirred overnight. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (250 mL). The solution was washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. It was used without further purification.
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4propoxy-5-Cyano)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 134, FIG. 6)
To -(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-cyano)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-1,4-butanediol (9.0 mmol) in chloroform (100 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise trifluoroacetic acid (36 mmol, 2.8 mL) in chloroform (50 mL) over 30 minutes. The solution was then stirred at 0° C. overnight. The solution was washed with 10% potassium carbonate, water, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the trans isomer isolated as colorless needles from petroleum ether-ethyl acetate (3.06 g, 79%).
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminomethyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 135, FIG. 6)
To trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-cyano)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (500 mg, 1.17 mmol) in ThF (25 mL) was added sodium borohydride (80 mg, 2.1 mmol) and boron trifluoride etherate (400 mg, 2.8 mmol) dropwise over thirty minutes. The solution was then refluxed for four hours, cooled, treated with a few drops of 10% HCl, poured into water and extracted with dichioromethane. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The dried solution was concentrated, and then purified by column chromatography (silica, 9:1 dichloromethane-methanol). The product was isolated as an amber oil (207 mg, 41%).
trans-2- 3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl)-aminomethyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 136, FIG. 6)
Trans-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-aminomethyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofur an (207 mg, 0.048 mmol), nitrophenylchloroformate (106 mg, 0.53 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (69 mg, 0.53 mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 12 hours. The solution was then concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica, 85:15 dichloromethane-ether). The product was isolated as a yellow oil (251 mg, 88%).
trans-2- 3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxyaminocarbonyl)-arninomethyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 33, FIG. 6)
trans-2- 3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl) aminomethyl!-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (57 mg, 0.096 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (10 mg, 0.15 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (40 mg, 0.3 mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 24 hours. The solution was then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was then concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (silica, 95:5 dichloromethane-methanol). The pure material was isolated as a colorless oil (16 mg, 34%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.86 (m, 12H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 5.13 (t, 2H), 6.3-7.1 (m, 4H).
trans-2-3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy N-methylaminoearbonyl)-5 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-furan (compound 34, FIG. 6)
trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxyaminocarbonyl) aminomethyl-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (42 mg, 0.070 mmol), N-methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (9 mg, 0.11 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.33 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) were stirred for 24 hours. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water and saturated sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was then concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (silica, 95:5 dichloromethane-methanol). The product was isolated as a colorless oil weighing (14 mg, 40%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.86 (m, 12H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 5.13 (m, 2H), 6.3-7.1 (m, 4H).
trans-2-3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-Hydroxy-N-isopropylaminocarbonyl)-5- (3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (compound 35, FIG. 6)
trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxyaminocarbonyl) aminomethyl-5 -(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (40 mg, 0.067 mmol), N-isopropyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (11 mg, 0.1 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.2 mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 24 hours. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was concentrated, and then purified by preparative TLC (silica, 95:5 dichloromethane-methanol). The product was isolated as a colorless solid (16 mg, 45%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.1 (d, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.86 (m, 12H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 5.13 (m, 2H) 6.3-7.1 (m, 4H).
trans-2-3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy-N-cyclohexylaminocarbonyl) aminomethyl-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (Compound 36, FIG. 6)
trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy-N-isopropylaminocarbonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (59 mg, 0.1 mmol), N-cyclohexyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (23 mg, 0.15 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.2 mmol) were stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 24 hours. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water and saturated sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was then concentrated and purified by preparative TLC (silica, 95:5 dichloromethane-methanol), to provide the product a colorless solid (24 mg.,42%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.1-1.8 (m, 10H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.86 (m, 13H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 5.13 (m, 2H), 6.3-7.1 (m, 4H).
trans-2-3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy-N-benzylaminocarbonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydro-furan (compound 37, FIG. 6)
trans-2-3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-(N-hydroxy-N-cyclohexylaminocarbonyl) aminomethyl-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrofuran (53 mg, 0.089 mmol), N-benzyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (21 mg, 0.133 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.27 rnmol), and stirred in dichloromethane (3 mL) for 24 hours. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane and the organic layer was washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was then concentrated and purified by preparative TLC (silica, 95:5 dichloromethane-methanol), and the product isolated as a colorless oil (22 mg.,42%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3) 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 3.86 (m, 12H), 3.91 (t, 2H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 5.13 (t, 2H), 6.3-7.1 (m, 4H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 5H).
EXAMPLE 14
Cis and trans-5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5 -hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (Compound 42, FIG. 5)
Compounds 125 and 126 were prepared as described above.
1 -(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (Compound 127, FIG. 5)
To a solution of 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-iodophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (13.55 g, 25 mmol) in 100 mL of DMF was added 13.5 g (212.43 mmol) of copper powder. The slurry was heated at 130° C. for 2 hours and a solution of 2-hydroxyethyldisulfide (4.88 mL, 40 mmol) in 25 mL of DMF added. Heating was continued for an additional 20 hours. The mixture was then cooled, filtered and washed with ethyl acetate. Water (125 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed several times with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent (7.5 g, 61%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.07 (t, 3H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 2.38 (t, 1H), 3.13 (t, 2H), 3.41 (s, 4H), 3.72 (q, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 9H), 4.07 (t, 2H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H).
1 -(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane- 1,4-dione (compound 128, FIG. 5)
A suspension of magnesium monoperoxyphthalic acid (18.51 g, 37.42 mmol) in 60 mL of water was added to 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylthiophenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane- 1,4-dione (9.84 g, 20 mmol) in 180 mL of acetonitrile. The solution was stirred for 2 hours, and then 600 mL of water added, and the mixture extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with 5% sodium hydroxide solution, water, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride and then dried with magnesium sulfate and evaporated to a white solid The solid was purified by flash column chromatography using 2:1 ethyl acetate/hexane (7.98 g, 76%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.04 (t, 3H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.77 (bs, 1H), 3.43 (s, 4H), 3.66 (t, 2H), 3.91 (s, 9H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 4.21 (t, 2H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H).
1 -(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert- butylsiloxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-tri methoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (compound 129, FIG. 5)
A suspension of 5.24 g (10 mmol) of 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-hydroxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane- 1,4-dione, tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1.81 g, 12 mmol), and imidazole (0.82 g, 12.05 mmol) in 55 mL of methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The solution was filtered, evaporated to an oil, and then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate (5.42 g, 85%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): -0.07 (s, 6H), 0.75 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, 3H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 3.43 (s, 4H), 3.68 (t, 2H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 4.22 (t, 2H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 8.20 (d. 1H).
1-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert- butylsiloxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-diol (compound 130, FIG. 5).
To a solution of 1-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane- 1,4-dione (6.38 g, 10 mmol) in 90 mL of methanol and 25 mL tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise sodium borohydride (903 mg, 23.88 mmol) in 40 mL of water. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to a foam (4.57 g, 71%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): -0.05 (s, 6H), 0.77 (s, 9H), 1.04(t, 3H), 1.86 (m, 6H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 6H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.97 (t, 2H), 4.11 (t, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H).
trans-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethylsulfonyl)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 131, FIG. 5).
A suspension of P4 S10 (2.90 g, 6.53 mmol) in 48 mL of pyridine was heated at 120° C. for 75 minutes. To the suspension was added a solution of 1-(3-methoxy-4propoxy- 5-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethylsulfonylphenyl)-4-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-butane-1,4-diol (3.21 g, 5 mmol) in 20 mL of pyridine. The temperature was reduced to 90° C. and stirring continued for an additional 90 minutes. Ice and water were then added, and the mixture extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with water, 5% HCl, sodium bicarbonate and saturated sodium chloride solution, and then dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The resulting cis and trans thiophenes were separated by HPLC using Water's prep Nova-Pak HR silica cartridge (9:1 hexane: ethyl acetate) to provide 580 mg (20%) of the trans isomer and 145 mg (5%) of the cis isomer. Trans isomer. NMR (CDCl3): -0.05 (s, 6H), 0.80 (s, 9H), 1.10 (t, 3H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 3.7 (t, 3H), 3. 95 (m, 12H), 4.00 (t, 3H), 4.2 (t, 3H), 4.9 (m, 2H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H).
cis and trans-5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)-2-(3-methoxy-4propoxy-5-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (compound 38, FIG. 5)
To an ice-water cooled solution of trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5-(3-methoxy-4-propoxy-5-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethylsulfonyl)-tetrahydrothiophene (80 mg, 0.125 mmol) in 4 mL of dry tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The solution was stirred at room temperature for two hours, and then the solvent evaporated under vacuum and passed through a small column of silica gel using 1:1 hexane:ethyl acetate to give a white solid (60 mg, 91%). 1 H NMR (CDCl3): 1.10 (t, 3H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 3.7 (t, 3H), 3.95 (m, 12H), 4.00 (t, 3H), 4.15 (t, 3H), 4.9 (m, 2H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H).
EXAMPLE 15
1-(3-Nitro-4-propoxy-5-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-cyclopentane (compound 143, FIG. 7).
This compound is synthesized as set out in detail in FIG. 7, following the procedure as outlined by Graham, D. W. et al. ("1,3-Diaryl Cyclopentanes: A New Class of Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists", 197th ACS National Meeting, Dallas, Tex., Apr. 9-14, 1989, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, poster No. 25) starting from compound 114 (FIG. 7). Reduction and functionalization of this compound is carried out similar to that described for compounds 119-121 (FIG. 3).
EXAMPLE 16
2-(5-(N-hydroxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-amino(substituted)-3-methoxy-4-prop oxy)-5-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-cyclopentane (compound 158, FIG. 8)
3,4,5-Trimethoxyacetophenone is converted to the corresponding acetylene (compound 146, FIG. 8) using the procedure outlined by Negishi et al., J. Org. Chem. 45, 2526 (1980), using diethylchlorophosphate and lithium diisopropylamide. 5-Iodovanillin is alkylated with n-propyl iodide as described in Example 6. The resulting alkylated aldehyde (compound 125, FIG. 8) is converted to the corresponding nitrile (compound 148, FIG. 8) as described in Example 13. Compound 148 is converted to the terminal alkyne (compound 149, FIG. 8) via the Corey-Fuchs procedure (Corey, E. J. et al., Tetra. Lett. 3769 (1972)). The E-vinyl iodide (compound 150, FIG. 8) is synthesized from compound 149 using catechol borane and iodine. Heat acetylene and catechol borate at 60° C. for 3 hours. Stir resulting boronate ester with water for 2 hours. Filter boronic acid to remove catechol. Dissolve the boronic acid in THF and sodium hydroxide (3 equivalent). Treat with iodine (1 equivalent) and stir for 30 minutes. The product was isolated by standard extractive workup and column chromatography. The iodide (compound 150) and the vinyl alane (compound 147) are coupled using a palladium catalyst to yield compound 151. Compound 151 is converted to the allylic chloroacetate (compound 152) via palladium catalysis. Compound 152 is converted to the BOC protected amine, and the acetate removed via saponification to yield compound 153. Compound 153 is saturated by hydrogenation and the alcohol moieties converted to mesylates (compound,154). Cyclization of compound 154 to the pyrrole (compound 155) is accomplished with mild base. Compound 155 is then reduced and the resultant amine (156) converted to the hydroxyurea (157) (vide infra). Finally, the pyrrole is deprotected using trifluoroacetic acid and anisole in dichloromethane at zero degrees to yield the compound 158.
EXAMPLE 17
Synthesis of 2,4-Diaryl Tetrahydrofuran and Tetrahydrothiophene ( Compounds 167 and 168, FIG. 9)
3,4,5-Trimethoxyacetophenone is oxidized to the corresponding hydroxyketone (compound 159, FIG. 9) and then protected as the silyl ether (compound 160, FIG. 9). Compound 160 is converted to the corresponding olefin (compound 161, FIG. 9) using a Wittig reaction. Compound 161 is converted to the primary bromide compound 162 with 9-BBN (9-borabicyclo 3.3.1!nonane). Compound 162 is then converted to the Grignard reagent and treated with the compound 148 to yield compound 163. The alcohol protecting group in compound 163 is removed with TBAF (tetrabutylammonium fluoride) and the resulting diol (compound 164) converted to the tetrahydrofuran (165) or tetrahydrothiophene (166) using procedures described above. Compounds 167 and 168 are converted to the hydroxyureas (167) and (169) by procedures described above.
II. Pharmaceutical Compositions
Humans, equine, canine, bovine and other animals, and in particular, mammals, suffering from disorders mediated by PAF or products of 5-lipoxygenase can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more of the above-identified compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid, cream, gel or solid form.
As used herein, the term pharmaceutically acceptable salts or complexes refers to salts or complexes that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects. Nonlimiting examples of such salts are (a) acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids (for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like), and salts formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, tannic acid, pamoic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and polygalacturonic acid; (b) base addition salts formed with metal cations such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium, sodium, potassium, and the like, or with a cation formed from ammonia, N,N-dibenzylethylene-diamnine, D-glucosamine, tetraethylammonium, or ethylenediamine; or (c) combinations of (a) and (b); e.g., a zinc tannate salt or the like.
The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutically effective amount without causing serious toxic effects in the patient treated. A preferred dose of the active compound for all of the above-mentioned conditions is in the range from about 0.01 to 300 mg/kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kg per day, more generally 0.5 to about 25 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. A typical topical dosage will range from 0.01-3% wt/wt in a suitable carrier. The effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives can be calculated based on the weight of the parent compound to be delivered. If the derivative exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the derivative, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
The compound is conveniently administered in any suitable unit dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 1 to 3000 mg, preferably 5 to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form A oral dosage of 25-250 mg is usually convenient
The active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations of the active compound of about 0.01-30 mM, preferably about 0.1-10 mM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a solution or formulation of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or an aqueous medium or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, distribution, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar, shellac, or other enteric agents.
The active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
The active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, antiinflammatories, or antiviral compounds.
Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
If administered intravenously, preferred carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Liposomal suspensions may also be pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives are then introduced into the container. The container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides of the container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension.
III. Biological Activity
A wide variety of biological assays have been used to evaluate the ability of a compound to act as a PAF receptor antagonist, including the ability of the compound to bind to PAF receptors, and the effect of the compound on various PAF mediated pathways. Any of these known assays can be used to evaluate the ability of the compounds disclosed herein to act as PAF receptor antagonists.
For example, PAF is known to induce hemoconcentration and increased permeability of microcirculation leading to a decrease in plasma volume. PAF mediated acute circulatory collapse can be used as the basis of an assay to evaluate the ability of a compound to act as a PAF antagonist, by analyzing the effect of the compound on PAF induced decreased plasma volume in an animal model such as mouse.
Endotoxemia causes the release of chemical mediators including eicosanoids, PAF, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) that stimulate a variety of physiologic responses including fever, hypotension, leukocytosis, and disturbances in glucose and lipid metabolism. Endotoxemia can result in severe shock and death. Endotoxin-induced mouse mortality is a useful animal model to evaluate the pharmacological effect of compounds on endotoxic shock.
Two other common assays used to evaluate the ability of a compound to act as a PAF receptor antagonist are platelet aggregation in vitro and hypotension in rats (Shen, et al., "The Chemical and Biological Properties of PAF Agonists, Antagonists, and Biosynthetic Inhibitors", Platelet-Activating Factor and Related Lipid Mediators, F. Snyder, Ed. Plenum Press, New York, N.Y. 153 (1987).)
A wide variety of biological assays have also been used to evaluate the ability of a compound to inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase. For example, a cytosol 5-lipoxygenase of rat basophilic leukemia cells (RBL) has been widely utilized in studies on leukotriene biosynthesis. Compounds that inhibit 5-lipoxygenase decrease the levels of leukotrienes.
Another biological assay used to evaluate the ability of a compound to inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase is based on the classic pharmacological model of inflammation induced by the topical application of arachidonic acid to the mouse ear. On application, arachidonic acid is converted by 5-lipoxygenase to various leukotrienes (and other mediators), which induce changes in blood flow, erythema, and increase vasodilation and vasopermeability. The resulting edema is measured by comparing the thickness of the treated ear to a control ear. Agents that inhibit 5-lipoxygenase reduce the edematous response, by lowering the amounts of biochemical mediators formed from arachidonic acid.
2,5-Diaryl tetrahydrofturans and tetrahydrothiophenes disclosed herein were tested for their ability to act as PAF receptor antagonists and inhibit the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase, as described in detail below. The biological activity of other compounds within Formulas I, II, and III can be evaluated easily using the below-described assays or other assays known to those skilled in the art
EXAMPLE 18 Ability of Compound to Bind to PAF Receptors
a) Preparation of Human Platelet Membranes
Human platelet membranes were prepared from platelet concentrates obtained from the American Red Cross Blood Services (Dedham, Mass.). After several washes with platelet wash solution (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris, and 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.5), the platelet pellets were resuspended in 5 mM MgCl2, 10 mM Tris, and 2 mM EDTA at pH 7.0. The cells were then quickly frozen with liquid nitrogen and thawed slowly at room temperature. The freezing and thawing procedure was repeated at least three times. For further fractionation of membrane fragments, the lysed membrane suspension was layered over the top of a discontinuous sucrose density gradient of 0.25, 1.03, and 1.5M sucrose prepared in 10 mM MgCl2, 10 mM Tris and 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, and centrifuged at 63,500×g for 2 hr. The membrane fractions banding between 0.25 and 1.03M (membrane A) and between 1.03 and 1.5M (membrane B) were collected separately. The protein concentration of the membrane preparations was determined by Lowry's method with bovine serum albumin (BSA) as the standard. The membranes were then separated into smaller fractions (4 ml each) and stored at -80° C. and thawed before use.
b) 3 H!PAF Binding inhibition
The ability of 3 H!PAF to bind to specific receptors on human platelet membranes was evaluated at optimal conditions at pH 7.0 and in the presence of 10 mM MgCl2. Membrane protein (100 ug) was added to a final 0.5 ml solution containing 0.15 pmol (0.3 nM concentration) of 3 H!PAF and a known amount of unlabeled PAF or PAF receptor antagonist in 10 mM MgCl2, 10 mM Tris and 0.25% BSA at pH 7.0. After incubation for four hours at 0° C., the bound and unbound 3 H!PAF were then separated through a Whatman GF/C glass fiber filter under vacuum. No degradation of filter bound 3 H!PAF has been detected under this assay condition. The nonspecific binding was defined as the total binding in the presence of excess unlabeled PAF (1 mM) where no further displacement was found with higher concentrations of either unlabeled PAF or PAF analogs or PAF receptor antagonists. The specific binding was defined as the difference between total binding and nonspecific binding.
To determine the relative potency of tested compounds, 3 H!PAF binding in the presence of inhibitors was normalized in terms of percent inhibition by assigning the total binding in the absence of inhibitors as 0% inhibition and the total binding in the presence of 1 mM unlabeled PAF as 100%. The percent inhibition by the compound can be calculated by the formula expressed below:
% inhibition= (Total binding--total binding in the presence of compound)/nonspecific binding!×100%
The IC50 was calculated as the concentration of the inhibitor necessary to obtain 50% inhibition of the specific 3 H!PAF binding and was calculated by a nonlinear regression computer software program, GraphPad Inplot, version 3.0 (GraphPad software, San Diego, Calif.). Tables 1-4 provide the IC50 values for a number of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes and tetrahydrofurans.
                                  TABLE 1
__________________________________________________________________________
 ##STR19##
                             PAF
Cmpd No
     X A         B       C   IC.sub.50
                                  *5-LO
__________________________________________________________________________
1    S SCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 NH.sub.2
                 OCH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
2    S O.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 NH.sub.2
                 OCH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             >1000
                                  0.0%
3    O HCH.sub.2 Ph
                 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                                  21.5%
4    O NHCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OH
                 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             136  0.0%
5    O N(CH.sub.2 CHCH.sub.2).sub.2
                 OCH.sub.3 CH.sub.2 CH3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             98   10.0
6    S NHCH.sub.2 Ph
                 OCH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             >1000
                                  4.1%
7    S NHCH.sub.2 Ph
                 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             >1000
                                  16.2%
8    S NHCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OH
                 OCH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             157  6.0%
9    S NCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OH.sub.2
                 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
                             91.5 18.8%
10   S N(CH.sub.2 CHCH.sub.2).sub.2
                 OCH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
11   S N(CH.sub.2 CHCH.sub.2).sub.2
                 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3
                         OCH.sub.3
__________________________________________________________________________
 *Inhibitions shown by percentage are at 10 μM

              TABLE 2
______________________________________
 ##STR20##
                           IC.sub.50
                           PAF    5-LO
No.  Isomer  X     A       (nM)   (μM)
                                       5-LO inhibition*
______________________________________
12.  trans   O     H       30          22%
13.  trans   O     CH.sub.3
                           17     6.9
38.  cis     O     CH.sub.3 CH.sub.2
                           5.1    0.48
14.  trans   O     CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2
                           57          40%
39.  trans   O     CH.sub.3 (CH.sub.2).sub.3
                           34.5   0.3
15.  trans   O     C(CH.sub.3).sub.3
                           25     2.9
16.  trans   O     C.sub.6 H.sub.11
                           278         24%
17.  trans   O     CH.sub.2φ
                           423    2.24
18.  cis     O     H       300         28%
19.  cis     O     CH.sub.3
                           514         56%
40.  cis     O     CH.sub.3 CH.sub.2
                           382    3
20.  cis     O     CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2
                           858    2.83
41.  cis     O     CH.sub.3 (CH.sub.2).sub.3
                           1313   0.5
21.  cis     O     C(CH.sub.3).sub.3
                           456         54%
22.  cis     O     C.sub.6 H.sub.11
                           >1000  2.5
23.  cis     O     CH.sub.2φ
                           585    8
24.  trans   S     H       14     1
25.  trans   S     CH.sub.3
                           46     1
26.  trans   S     CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2
                           96.5   0.5
27.  trans   S     C(CH.sub.3).sub.3
                           46     0.5
28.  cis     S     H       496    3
29.  cis     S     CH.sub.3
                           300    0.64
30.  cis     S     CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2
                           828    2
31.  cis     S     C(CH.sub.3).sub.3
                           334    1.5
32.  cis     S     C.sub.6 H.sub.11
                           1287   2
______________________________________
 *All inhibitions shown by percentage are at 10 μM

              TABLE 3
______________________________________
 ##STR21##
                           PAF
Cmpd                       IC.sub.50
                                IC.sub.50
No    X     A              (nM) μM
                                     5-LO inhibition*
______________________________________
33    O     CH.sub.2 NHCONH(OH)
                           280       32.9%
34    O     CH.sub.2 NHCONCH.sub.3 (OH)
                           16.7 1.6
35    O     CH.sub.2 NHCONiPr(OH)
                           284  2.5
36    O     CH.sub.2 NHCONC.sub.6 H.sub.11 (OH)
                           420  1.7
37    O     CH.sub.2 NHCOBn(OH)
                           73.6 0.4
______________________________________
 *All inhibition shown in percentage is at 10 μM

              TABLE 4
______________________________________
 ##STR22##
                              PAF
                              IC.sub.50
No.    Isomer    X     A      (nM) 5-LO inhibition*
______________________________________
42.    trans     S     CH     30   10.5%
______________________________________
 *Inhibition shown by percentage is at 10 μM
EXAMPLE 19 Effect of Compound on PAF-induced Hemoconcentration
a) Animals
Female CD-1 mice, weighing 16-20 grams, were obtained from Charles River Laboratory (Wilmington, Mass.). Tap water and rodent laboratory chow (5001, Purina Mills, St. Louis, Mo.) were provided ad libitum. The mice were housed for an average of four days prior to use.
b) Hematocrit measurement
PAF (1-O-alkyl-2-acetyl-sn-glyceryl-3-phosphorylcholine, Sigma Chemical Co.) was dissolved in 0.25% bovine serum albumin (BSA) in 0.9% NaCl solution. Except for dose-response studies, 10 μg (10 ml/kg) of PAF solution was injected into the tail vein. All test compounds were dissolved in 0.5 DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to PAF challenge. Thirty to fifty μL blood was collected by cutting the tail end into a heparinized micro-hematocrit tube (O.D. 1.50 mm) 15 minutes after PAF administration. Table 5 provides the mouse hematocrit response to varying concentration of PAF at 15 minutes after injection of PAF. Table 6 provides the effect of various test compounds on PAF-induced mouse hemoconcentration; the reference compound MK287 is trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy)-5-(3-methyoxy-4-oxyallyl-(2 -hydroxyethylsulfonyl))-tetrahydroftiran. (Sahoo, etal., Bioorganic Medicinal Chem. Letters, (1991), 1,327.)
              TABLE 5
______________________________________
Mouse Hematocrit Response to Varying Concentration of PAF
at 15 Minutes After Injection of PAF
Doses of PAF
            Animal        Hematocrit (%)
(ug/kg)     number        Mean   SEM
______________________________________
0           5             45.4   0.5
0.049       5             45.2   0.3
0.195       5             48.2   0.6
0.781       5             52.0   2.5
3.125       5             62.0   1.8
12.5        5             68.0   1.2
50          5             72.4   1.2
200         5             75.8   1.2
______________________________________

              TABLE 6
______________________________________
Effect of Test Compounds on PAF-Induced
Mouse Hemoconcentration
           Animal        Hematocrit (%)
Compound   number        Mean   SEM
______________________________________
Vehicle    11            66.5   1.5
Compound
42         5             45.2   0.6
14         5             54.4   2.4
12         5             61.1   1.2
13         5             62.3   2.1
15         5             64.6   1.5
______________________________________
EXAMPLE 20 Effect of 2,5.Diaryl Tetrahydrothiophenes and Tetrahydrofurans on Arachidonic Acid-induced Mouse Ear Edema
a) Animals
The animals were obtained and treated as in Example 16 above.
b) Edema measurement
Arachidonic acid was applied to both ears of mice in 0.025 ml of freshly prepared vehicle (acetone:pyridine:water (97:2:1 v/v/v) and dried under a Sun-Lite Hitensity bulb. Except for dose-response studies, 0.5 mg of arachidonic acid was used for all applications. AU test compounds were dissolved in 0.5% DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to arachidonic acid treatment. Animals were sacrificed by cervical dislocation at 1 hour after topical application of arachidonic acid. A 7 mm-diameter disc of tissue was removed from each ear by means of a metal punch. Edema was measured by the average wet weight of the both ear tissues.
Table 7 provides out the mouse ear edematous response to varying concentrations of arachidonic acid at 1 hour after topical application. Table 8 provides the effect of various test compounds on arachidonic acid induced mouse ear edema.
              TABLE 7
______________________________________
Mouse Ear Edema in Response to Varying Concentration of
Arachidonic Acid at 1 Hour After Topical Application
                         Ear tissue
Doses of AA
           Ear           weight (mg)
(mg/ear)   number        Mean   SEM
______________________________________
0          4             12.4   0.08
0.125      4             15.8   0.63
0.25       4             14.9   1.05
0.5        4             25.1   2.88
1.0        4             29.8   2.56
2.0        4             30.3   1.67
______________________________________

              TABLE 8
______________________________________
Effect of Test Compounds on
Arachidonic Acid-Induced Mouse Ear Edema
Compound     Animal number
                        Inhibition (%)
______________________________________
15           8          54.5
13           8          29.0
42           4          18.0
______________________________________
EXAMPLE 21 Effect of 2,5-Diaryl Tetrahydrothiophenes and Tetrahydrofurans on Endotoxin-induced Mouse Mortality
a) Animals
The mice were obtained and treated as in Example 16 above.
b) Mortality Measurement
Endotoxin (E. coli serotype 0127: B8, lipopolysaccharide, Sigma Chemical Co.) St. Louis, was freshly dissolved in 0.9% NaCl solution. Except for dose-response studies, endotoxin at 50 mg/kg was injected into the tail vein. All test compounds were dissolved in 0.5% DMSO saline solution and intravenously injected at 3 mg/kg body weight 15 minutes prior to PAF challenge. Death occurred typically within 12-36 hours. Mortality was recorded 48 hours after endotoxin challenge, as death rarely occurred after 48 hr. The results of these evaluations are provided in Tables 9 and 10. Table 9 sets out the extent of mouse mortality in response to varying concentrations of endotoxin within 48 hours after intravenous injection of endotoxin is set out in Table 9. Table 10 provides the effect of test compounds on endotoxin-induced mouse mortality.
              TABLE 9
______________________________________
Mouse Mortality in Response to
Varying Concentration of Endotoxin
Within 48 Hours After I. V. Injection of Endotoxin
Doses of endotoxin
                  Animal  Survival
(mg/kg)           number  (%)
______________________________________
12.5              10      100
25                10      80
37.5              10      50
50                10       0
75                10       0
______________________________________

              TABLE 10
______________________________________
Effect of Test Compounds on Endotoxin-Induced Mouse Mortality
Compound      Animal number
                         Survival (%)
______________________________________
13            6          83
15            5          17
______________________________________
EXAMPLE 22 Effect of Compounds on Cytosol 5-Lipoxygenase ofRat Basophile Leukemia Cells
a) Enzyme preparation
Washed rat RBL cells (4×108) were suspended in 20 ml of 50M potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 containing 10% ethylene glycol/1 mM EDTA (Buffer A). The cell suspension was sonicated at 20 KHz for 30 seconds, and the sonicate was centrifuged at 10000×g for 10 minutes, followed by further centrifugation at 105000×g for 1 hr. The supernatant solution (cytosol fraction) containing 5-lipoxygenase was stored at -70° C. Protein concentration was determined according to the procedure of Bradford (Bradford Dye Reagent) with bovine serum albumin as a standard.
b) Enzyme assay
For routine assay of 5-LO the mixture contained 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl2, 2 mM ATlP, 25M arachidonic acid (0.1 Ci) and enzyme (50-100 mg of protein) in a final volume of 200 L. The reaction was carried out at 24° C. for 3 minutes. The mixture was extracted with 0.2 ml of an ice-cold mixture of ethyl ether:methanol: 0.2M citric acid (30:4:1). The extract was subjected to thin-layer chromatography at -10° C. in a solvent system of petroleum ether:ethyl ether:acetic acid (15:85:0.1). The silica gel zones corresponding to authentic arachidonic acid and its metabolites were scrapped into scintillation vials for counting. The enzyme activity is expressed in terms of the amount of arachidonic acid oxygenated for 3 minutes.
Modifications and variations of the present invention relating to compounds that reduce the chemotaxis and respiratory burst leading to the formation of damaging oxygen radicals of PMNs during an inflammatory or immune response will be obvious to those skilled in the art from the foregoing detailed description of the invention. Such modifications and variations are intended to come within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (18)

We claim:
1. The method for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase in an animal, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the formula: ##STR23## wherein: X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, CR9, or NR10 ;
W is independently:
(1) --AN(OM)C(O)N(R3)R4, --AN(R3)C(O)N(OM)R4, --AN(OM)C(O)R4, --AC(O)N(OM)R4, --N(OM)C(O)N(R3)R4, --N(R3) C(O)N(OM)R4, --N(OM)C(O)R4, --C(O)N(OM)R4, --OR6 N(R5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 N(COR5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 OC(O)N(COR5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --OR6 O(CO)N(CO2 R6)R6 (C5 H4 N)R6 R7, --A(C5 H4 N)R6 R7, or --OR6 N(CO2 R5)R6 --(C5 H4 N)R6 R7;
(2) an amidohydroxyurea of the formula: --N(R19)C(O)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --C(O)N(R19)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --AN(R19)C(O)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --AC(O)N(R19)C(R19)N(OM)C(O)NHR20, --NHC(O)N(OM)C(R19)C(O)N(R19)2 ; or --NHC(O)N(OM)C(R19)N(R19)C(O)R19 ;
(3) an oxalkane of the structure: ##STR24## wherein n and m are independently 1-4;
(4) a thioalkane of the structure: ##STR25## or (5) a quinolylmethoxy of the structure: ##STR26## n is 1 or 2; m is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0 or 1;
A is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyaryl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, --C1-10 alkyl(oxy)C1-10 alkyl, --C1-10 alkyl(thio)C1-10 alkyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(O)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(O)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O) (alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O)N(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O2)alkyl, --N(R3)C(O2)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(O2)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(O2)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(O2)(alkyl)thio(alkyl) --OC(O2)alkyl, --OC(O2)alkenyl, --OC(O2)alkynyl, --OC(O2)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --OC(O2)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)alkyl, --N(R3)C(S)alkenyl, --N(R3)C(S)alkynyl, --N(R3)C(S)(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)N(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkenyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkynyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), --N(R3)C(S)S(alkyl)thio(alkyl), --SC(S)S(alkyl), --SC(S)S(alkenyl), --SC(S)S(alkynyl), --SC(S)S(alkyl)oxy(alkyl), and --SC(S)S(alkyl)thio(alkyl);
M is hydrogen, a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, or a metabolically cleavable leaving group;
Y is independently:
(a) hydrogen;
(b) R1-6, R8, R10, --OR3, --OR11, --OR12, R3 S--, R5 S, R3 SO--, R5 SO--, R3 SO2 --, R5 SO2 --, CF3 O--, CF3 S--, CF3 SO--, --CF3 SO2, --OCH2 oxycyclopropyl, --OCH2 C(O)OR3, --OCH2 OR3, --OCH2 C(O)R3, --OCH2 C3-8 cycloalkyl, --OCH2 CH(R)R3, --OCH2 cyclopropyl, --OCH2 --aryl, --OCH2 CH(OH)CH2 OH, aryl--CH2 --SO2 --, (R3)2 CHCH2 SO2 --, --CH2 CH(OH)CH2 OH, CF3 SO2 --, R3 R4 N--, --OCH2 CO2 R3, --NR3 COR3, --OCONH2, --OCONR3 R4, --CONH2, --CONR3 R4, --CR3 R3 R4, --SO2 NR3 R4, --SONR3 R4, CH3 OCH2 ONR3 R6, --SNR3 R4, --CO2 R3, --NR3 R4 SO2 R3, --NR3 R4 SOR, --COR3, --CONR3, --NO2, --CN, --N(R5)CONR3 R4, --CH2 N(R5)CONR3 R4, --R6 NR3 R4, --OR6 NR3 R4, --O(O)CR5, --O(O)CNR3 R4, --OR6, --SR6 NR3 R4, --S(O)R6 NR3 R4, --SO2 R6 NR3 R4, --SO2 OR6 CO; --SR6 OH; --S(O)R6 OH; --SO2 R6 OH; or --OR6 OC(O)N(CO2 R6)R6 ;
(c) a heterocycle, including but not limited to, pyrryl, furyl, pyridyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzofuryl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, carbozolyl, benzamidazolyl, and isoxazolyl, optionally substituted with a group described in Y section (b);
(d) ##STR27## wherein X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, CF3, or OR3 ; --NR3 COR3 ; --OCONH2 ; --CR3 R3 R4 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 CO2 R3 ; --CH2 OCOR3 ; R3 CH(R3)CH2 SO3 --; --NHCH2 COOR3 ; halo such as F, Cl, Br and I; N+ R3 R3 R4 R7 ; --NR3 SO2 R3 ; COR3 ; NO2 ; or CN; or ##STR28## wherein R13, R14 and R15 independently represents: BO-- wherein B is --CH2 --oxacyclopropyl, --CH2 OR3, --CH2 C(O)R3, --CH2 CH(R3)R3, --CH2 Aryl, --CH2 CH(OH) --CH2 OH; R3 C(R3) 2 CH2 SO2 ; or R13 --R14 or R14 --R15 are joined together to form a bridge such as --OCHR2 CHR2 --S(O)n wherein n is 0 to 3; or ##STR29## where X' is halo, --C(O)aryl, CF3, or OR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; --CH2 CO2 R3 ; --CH2 COR3 ; --NHCH2 COOR3 ; --N+ R3 R3 R4 R7 --,
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo, --COOH; --CONR16 R17 wherein R16 and R17 independently represent C1-6 alkyl and hydrogen, --COOR3, alkenyl, --COR3 ; --CH2 OR3 ; lower alkynyl, CH2 NR4 R3 ; --CH2 SR3 ; ═O; --OR3 ; or --NR3 R3 ;
R3 and R4 are independently cyclic and acyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkyaryl, hydrogen, C1-6 alkoxy-C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 alkylthio-C1-10 alkyl, and C1-10 substituted alkyl (wherein the substituent is independently hydroxy or carbonyl, located on any of C1-10);
R5 is cyclic and acyclic lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
R6 is cyclic and acyclic lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, or aryl;
R7 is an organic or inorganic anion;
R8 is halo alkyl, halo lower alkyl, halo lower alkenyl, halo lower alkynyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, aralkyl, or aryl;
R9 is independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, --CONR3 R4, --COR5, --CO2 R5, --CH2 OR5, --CH2 NR5 R5, --CH2 SR5, ═O, ═NR5, --NR3 R4, --NR3 R4 SR7, or --OR5 ; and
R10 is --R3, --R8, --C(O)N(OR3)R3, or --OR3,
R11 is C1 to C12 alkyl; substituted C1 to C12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkenyl, lower alkoxy-alkyl; alkylcarbonylalkyl, --alkylamino, --alkylamino(alkyl or dialkyl), lower alkyl S(O)m --lower alkyl in which m is 0, 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl ower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-lower alkyl; cyanophenylthio-lower alkyl; imidazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; aminophenylthio-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted aminophenylthio-lower alkyl wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; amidinophenylthio-lower alkyl; phenylsulfinyl-lower alkyl; or phenylsulfonyl lower alkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl; substituted alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino; -lower alkyl-O-R18, wherein R18 is --PO2 (OH)-M + or --PO3 (M+)2, wherein M+ is a pharmaceutically acceptable cation; --C(O)(CH2)2 CO2 - M+, or --SO3 - M+ ; -lower alkylcarbonyl-lower alkyl; -carboxy lower alkyl; -lower alkylamino-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted amino lower alkyl-, wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; pyridyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-Y-lower alkyl wherein Y is thio or amino; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; pyrrolidinyl-lower alkyl; thiazolinyl-lower alkyl; piperidinyl-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower hydroxyalkyl; N-pyrryl; piperazinyl-lower alkyl; N-substituted piperazinyl-lower alkyl, wherein the substituent is lower alkyl; triazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolylamino-lower alkyl; or thiazolyl-lower alkyl;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, or lower alkenyl; and
R20 is H, halogen, lower alkoxy, or lower alkyl.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the animal is a human.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the animal is a mammal.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the animal is equine.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the animal is canine.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the animal is bovine.
7. The method for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase in an animal, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the formula ##STR30## Ar3 and Ar4 are independently ##STR31## wherein: X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, or NR10 ;
t is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
m is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is independently W or Y; and
all of the R groups are as defined in claim 1.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the animal is a human.
9. The method of claim 7, wherein the animal is a mammal.
10. The method of claim 7, wherein the animal is equine.
11. The method of claim 7, wherein the animal is canine.
12. The method of claim 7, wherein the animal is bovine.
13. A method for the treatment of disorders medicated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase in an animal, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the formula: ##STR32## wherein Ar5 is: ##STR33## wherein Ar6 is: ##STR34## wherein: v is 0, 1, or 2;
all R groups, t, m, and n are as defined in claims 1 and 2; and
O is selected from the group consisting of substituted C1 to C12 alkyl wherein the substituent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and amino, alkylcarbonylalkyl, alkyl; lower alkyl S(O)m -lower alkyl in which m is 1 or 2; imidazolyl lower alkyl, morpholinyl lower alkyl, thiazolinyl lower alkyl, piperidinyl ower alkyl, imidazolylcarbonyl, morpholinyl carbonyl, amorpholinyl (lower alkyl) aminocarbonyl, N-pyrrylpyridinyl-lower alkyl; pyridylthio-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; hydroxyphenylthio-lower alkyl; cyanophenylthio-lower alkyl; imidazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylthio-lower alkyl; triazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylthio-lower alkyl; tetrazolylphenylthio-lower alkyl; aminophenylthio-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted aminophenylthio-lower alkyl wherein the amine substituents each independently represent lower alkyl amidinophenylthio-lower alkyl; phenylsulfinyl-lower alkyl; or phenylsulfonyl lower alkyl; -lower alkyl-O--R18, wherein R18 is --PO2 (OH)- M+ or --PO3 (M+)2, wherein M+ is a pharmaceutically acceptable cation; --C(O)(CH2)2 CO2 - M+, or --SO3 M+ ; -lower alkylcarbonyl-lower alkyl; -carboxy lower alkyl; -lower alkylamino-lower alkyl; N,N-di-substituted amino lower alkyl-, wherein the substituents each independently represent lower alkyl; pyridyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-lower alkyl; imidazolyl-Y-lower alkyl wherein Y is thio or amino; morpholinyl-lower alkyl; pyrrolidinyl-lower alkyl; thiazolinyl-lower alkyl; piperidinyl-lower alkyl; morpholinyl-lower hydroxyalkyl; N-pyrryl; piperazinyl-lower alkyl; N-substituted piperazinyl-lower alkyl, wherein the amine substituent is lower alkyl; triazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolyl-lower alkyl; tetrazolylamino-lower alkyl; or thiazolyl-lower alkyl.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the animal is a human.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein the animal is a mammal.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein the animal is equine.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein the animal is canine.
18. The method of claim 13, wherein the animal is bovine.
US08/481,812 1992-07-13 1995-06-07 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase Expired - Fee Related US5856323A (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/481,812 US5856323A (en) 1992-07-13 1995-06-07 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/912,788 US5358938A (en) 1992-07-13 1992-07-13 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US07/933,991 US5434151A (en) 1992-08-24 1992-08-24 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US08/481,812 US5856323A (en) 1992-07-13 1995-06-07 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US07/933,991 Division US5434151A (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-24 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US5856323A true US5856323A (en) 1999-01-05

Family

ID=25464771

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US07/933,991 Expired - Fee Related US5434151A (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-24 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US08/481,812 Expired - Fee Related US5856323A (en) 1992-07-13 1995-06-07 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US07/933,991 Expired - Fee Related US5434151A (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-24 Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US5434151A (en)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6255498B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-07-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesizing diaryl-substituted heterocyclic compounds, including tetrahydrofurans
US6306895B1 (en) 1998-07-03 2001-10-23 Millenium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted oxygen alicyclic compounds, including methods for synthesis thereof
US6310221B1 (en) 1998-07-03 2001-10-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for synthesis of substituted tetrahydrofuran compound
US6555543B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2003-04-29 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US6569895B1 (en) 1995-05-25 2003-05-27 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US20030232101A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2003-12-18 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Topical formulations of resorcinols and cannibinoids and methods of use
US20040138315A1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2004-07-15 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for inhibiting eicosanoid metabolism and platelet aggregation
US20040209379A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2004-10-21 David Bar-Or Diagnosis and monitoring of diseases
US20040242870A1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2004-12-02 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral methods and compounds
US20050119177A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2005-06-02 David Bar-Or Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US7105685B2 (en) 1999-03-22 2006-09-12 Travis Craig R Cannabinol derivatives
US20090110675A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Peter Vadas Use of platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase as biomarker for anaphylaxis
US20100105698A1 (en) * 2008-05-27 2010-04-29 Dmi Life Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic Methods and Compounds
US8507496B2 (en) 2010-09-07 2013-08-13 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Treatment of diseases
US8980834B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2015-03-17 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US9808454B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-07 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for the mobilization, homing, expansion and differentiation of stem cells and methods of using the same
US9925300B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2018-03-27 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Implantable medical devices with increased immune tolerance, and methods for making and implanting
US9956217B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2018-05-01 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of joint conditions
US10881710B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2021-01-05 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of rhinitis
EP3791880A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2021-03-17 Amarin Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited Pharmaceutical compositions comprising epa
US11389512B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-07-19 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of low molecular weight fractions of human serum albumin in treating diseases

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5639782A (en) * 1992-03-04 1997-06-17 Center For Innovative Technology Neolignan derivatives as platelet activating factor receptor antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
PT650485E (en) 1992-07-13 2001-03-30 Millennium Pharm Inc 2,5-DIARIL-TETRA-HYDRO-THIOPHENES -FURANES AND ANALOGS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY AND IMMUNE DISORDERS
US5434151A (en) * 1992-08-24 1995-07-18 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US5463083A (en) * 1992-07-13 1995-10-31 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US5703093A (en) * 1995-05-31 1997-12-30 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US5792776A (en) * 1994-06-27 1998-08-11 Cytomed, Inc., Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
AU4856199A (en) * 1998-07-03 2000-01-24 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted nitrogen and sulfur alicyclic compounds, including methods for synthesis thereof
WO2000023071A1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2000-04-27 Leukosite, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations useful to treat inflammatory and immune disorders
US7897766B2 (en) * 2005-09-23 2011-03-01 Abbott Laboratories Amino-aza-adamantane derivatives and methods of use
US8314119B2 (en) 2006-11-06 2012-11-20 Abbvie Inc. Azaadamantane derivatives and methods of use
ES2378116T3 (en) 2007-03-23 2012-04-09 Abbott Laboratories Acetamide and carboxamide derivatives of azaadamantane and methods of use thereof
JP5394940B2 (en) 2007-03-23 2014-01-22 アッヴィ・インコーポレイテッド Aminomethylazaadamantane derivatives and their use as selective modulators of α7-neuronicotinic acetylcholine receptors (NNRs)
CN102690265A (en) * 2007-03-23 2012-09-26 雅培制药有限公司 4-substituted azaadamantane derivatives and methods of use thereof
EP2129672B1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2011-05-18 Abbott Laboratories Azaadamantane ester and carbamate derivatives and methods of use thereof
PE20131394A1 (en) 2010-09-23 2014-01-11 Abbvie Inc MONOHYDRATE OF AZA-ADAMANTAN DERIVATIVES

Citations (72)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2690988A (en) * 1952-12-24 1954-10-05 Stauffer Chemical Co Insecticidal substituted 1, 3-dithiolanes and method of application
DE2233974A1 (en) * 1971-07-15 1973-01-25 Sie Soc It Elettronica SCANNING DEVICE FOR SCINTIGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS IN THREE ORTHOGONAL PLANES
US4166452A (en) * 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) * 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) * 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use
US4522811A (en) * 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
EP0144804A2 (en) * 1983-11-14 1985-06-19 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf-antagonists
US4595693A (en) * 1984-06-04 1986-06-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of use of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF-antagonists
US4604407A (en) * 1985-04-04 1986-08-05 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Hydroxamates
EP0199324A2 (en) * 1985-04-22 1986-10-29 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetryhydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
US4656190A (en) * 1983-11-14 1987-04-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Indene derivatives and their use as PAF-antagonists
EP0217204A1 (en) * 1985-09-13 1987-04-08 Merck & Co. Inc. Trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5-(5,6-dimethoxy-3-pyridyl)-tetrahydrothiophene, a PAF-antagonist
DE3701344A1 (en) * 1986-01-21 1987-07-23 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel thieno-1,4-diazepines
EP0252823A1 (en) * 1986-07-04 1988-01-13 Rhone-Poulenc Sante 1H,3H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]thiazole derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE3724031A1 (en) * 1986-07-22 1988-01-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel hetrazepines and process for their preparation
DE3724164A1 (en) * 1986-07-25 1988-01-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel 1,4-benzodiazepines, their preparation and use
EP0257921A2 (en) * 1986-08-21 1988-03-02 Merck & Co. Inc. New 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes and derivatives thereof as paf antagonists
WO1989004299A1 (en) * 1987-11-13 1989-05-18 Abbott Laboratories Furan and pyrrole containing lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
EP0319947A2 (en) * 1987-12-07 1989-06-14 Green Cross Corporation Bis-S-alkylbenzene derivatives
US4841968A (en) * 1986-09-26 1989-06-27 Southern Research Institute Antithrombotic/thrombolytic suture and methods of making and using the same
EP0322033A2 (en) * 1987-12-21 1989-06-28 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
US4845129A (en) * 1988-03-14 1989-07-04 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. Diaryl substituted cyclopentane and cyclopentene derivatives
US4871756A (en) * 1985-03-20 1989-10-03 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Leukotriene antagonists
US4873259A (en) * 1987-06-10 1989-10-10 Abbott Laboratories Indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene containing lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
US4876346A (en) * 1985-05-02 1989-10-24 American Home Products Corporation Quinoline compounds
EP0338993A1 (en) * 1988-04-21 1989-10-25 Sandoz Ag 6-Aryl-substituted-4h-thieno[2,3-e][1,2,4]triazolo [3,4-c][1,4]diazepines
US4891363A (en) * 1985-07-26 1990-01-02 Sankyo Company Limited Cyclic ether derivatives and their use
US4910206A (en) * 1986-07-14 1990-03-20 Sandoz Pharmaceuticals Corp. 5-hetero-or aryl-substituted-imidazo(2,1-a)isoquinolines and their use as PAF receptor antagonists
US4916145A (en) * 1987-07-10 1990-04-10 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Substituted n-[(pyridyl)alkyl]aryl-carboxamide
EP0365089A2 (en) * 1988-10-18 1990-04-25 Merck & Co. Inc. 2-Aryl-5(3-methoxy-5-(hydroxypropylsulfonyl)-4-propoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophen and analogs
EP0367110A1 (en) * 1988-10-31 1990-05-09 Eisai Co., Ltd. 1,4-diazepine derivative and its pharmaceutical use
DE3936828A1 (en) * 1988-11-06 1990-05-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg New poly:cyclic thieno-diazepine derivs. - useful as platelet-activating factor inhibitors
DE4006471A1 (en) * 1989-03-03 1990-09-06 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg New 2-substd. thieno-triazolo-di:azepine derivs. - are inhibitors of platelet activating factor for treating inflammation etc., and new organo-metallic intermediates
EP0388309A2 (en) * 1989-03-17 1990-09-19 Rhone-Poulenc Sante 1H,3H,7-pyrrolo [1,2-c] thiazolecarboxamides, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US4959361A (en) * 1987-12-18 1990-09-25 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)benzodiazepines and thieno (3,2-F)(1,2,4)triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)diazepine compounds which have useful activity as platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists
WO1990012015A1 (en) * 1989-04-01 1990-10-18 Pfizer Limited Dihydropyridine antiallergy agents
EP0402151A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2, 5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
EP0402156A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF antagonists
EP0402150A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs therof as PAF antagonists
EP0402155A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs therof as PAF antagonists
US4987132A (en) * 1987-02-20 1991-01-22 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Saturated heterocyclic carboxamide derivatives
US4992428A (en) * 1988-05-05 1991-02-12 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. 5-aryl-substituted-2,3-dihydro-imidazo[1,2-a]furo- and thieno pyridines
EP0416609A2 (en) * 1989-09-07 1991-03-13 Abbott Laboratories Benzo[b]thiophene-containing lipoxygenase-inhibiting compounds
US5037853A (en) * 1989-12-28 1991-08-06 Abbott Laboratories Cyclopropyl derivative lipoxygenase inhibitors
US5047420A (en) * 1987-08-24 1991-09-10 Merck & Co., Inc. 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes and derivatives thereof as PAF antagonists
WO1991017157A1 (en) * 1990-04-27 1991-11-14 British Bio-Technology Limited Gamma-butyrolactol ether derivatives
US5110831A (en) * 1990-11-30 1992-05-05 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Vinylogous hydroxamic acids and derivatives thereof as 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
WO1992009566A1 (en) * 1990-11-27 1992-06-11 Pfizer Inc. Novel hydroxamic acid and n-hydroxyurea derivatives and their use
WO1992013848A1 (en) * 1991-02-07 1992-08-20 Pfizer Inc. Lipoxygenase-inhibiting hydroxamic acid and n-hydroxyurea derivatives
WO1992015294A1 (en) * 1991-03-04 1992-09-17 Center For Innovative Technology Neolignan derivatives as platelet activating factor receptor antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
US5169854A (en) * 1992-02-26 1992-12-08 Abbott Laboratories N-substituted-furylalkenyl hydroxamic acid and N-hydroxyurea compounds having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
US5175183A (en) * 1989-02-01 1992-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
WO1993001191A1 (en) * 1991-07-03 1993-01-21 British Bio-Technology Limited Cyclic ether acetal paf antagonists
US5183818A (en) * 1991-08-27 1993-02-02 Abbott Laboratories Arylalkylether and arylalkylthioether inhibitors of lipoxygenase enzyme activity
US5187192A (en) * 1992-03-13 1993-02-16 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutyl derivatives having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
GB2263109A (en) * 1992-01-07 1993-07-14 British Bio Technology Nitrogen heterocycle paf-receptor antagonists
US5234950A (en) * 1988-12-23 1993-08-10 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Tetrahydrofuran derivatives
WO1993016075A1 (en) * 1992-02-11 1993-08-19 British Bio-Technology Limited 4-(1H-2-METHYLIMIDAZO[4,5-c]PYRIDINYLMETHYL)PHENYLSULPHONAMIDE DERIVATIVES AS ANTAGONISTS OF PAF
US5244896A (en) * 1990-09-14 1993-09-14 Marion Merrell Dow Inc. Carbocyclic adenosine analogs useful as immunosuppressants
WO1994001430A1 (en) * 1992-07-13 1994-01-20 Cytomed, Inc. 2,5-diaryl tetrahydro-thiophenes, -furans and analogs for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders
US5288751A (en) * 1992-11-06 1994-02-22 Abbott Laboratories [(Substituted) phenyalkyl]furylalkynyl-and [substituted) phenyalkyl] thienylalkynyl-N-hydroxyurea inhibitors or leukotriene biosynthesis
WO1994004537A2 (en) * 1992-08-20 1994-03-03 Cytomed, Inc. Dual functional anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive agents
WO1994006790A1 (en) * 1992-09-14 1994-03-31 Center For Innovative Technology 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dioxolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes; and 2,5-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes as paf receptor antgonists and inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase
US5326787A (en) * 1992-05-12 1994-07-05 Abbott Laboratories Cycloalkyl N-hydroxy derivatives having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
US5334616A (en) * 1991-05-09 1994-08-02 G. D. Searle & Co. Cyclic phenolic thioethers compounds which are useful in treating allergies and inflammation
US5344843A (en) * 1991-05-09 1994-09-06 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Cat-1 inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use
EP0617032A1 (en) * 1993-03-23 1994-09-28 J. URIACH & CIA. S.A. Cyanomethylpyridine derivatives as PAF antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
US5358938A (en) * 1992-07-13 1994-10-25 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US5420164A (en) * 1991-04-04 1995-05-30 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Cycloalkylurea compounds
WO1995018610A1 (en) * 1994-01-06 1995-07-13 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US5434151A (en) * 1992-08-24 1995-07-18 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
WO1996000212A1 (en) * 1994-06-27 1996-01-04 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2197650A (en) * 1986-11-21 1988-05-25 Merck & Co Inc Process for preparing 2,5-diphenyl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof
GB2233974A (en) * 1989-07-22 1991-01-23 Pfizer Ltd Dihydropyridine antiinflammatory agent

Patent Citations (78)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2690988A (en) * 1952-12-24 1954-10-05 Stauffer Chemical Co Insecticidal substituted 1, 3-dithiolanes and method of application
DE2233974A1 (en) * 1971-07-15 1973-01-25 Sie Soc It Elettronica SCANNING DEVICE FOR SCINTIGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS IN THREE ORTHOGONAL PLANES
US4166452A (en) * 1976-05-03 1979-09-04 Generales Constantine D J Jr Apparatus for testing human responses to stimuli
US4256108A (en) * 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4265874A (en) * 1980-04-25 1981-05-05 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use
US4522811A (en) * 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
US4656190A (en) * 1983-11-14 1987-04-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Indene derivatives and their use as PAF-antagonists
US4539332A (en) * 1983-11-14 1985-09-03 Merck & Co., Inc. 2,5-Diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF-antagonists
EP0144804A2 (en) * 1983-11-14 1985-06-19 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf-antagonists
US4757084A (en) * 1984-02-29 1988-07-12 Merck & Co., Inc. 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrothiophenes and analogs thereof as PAF-antagonists
US4595693A (en) * 1984-06-04 1986-06-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Method of use of 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF-antagonists
US4871756A (en) * 1985-03-20 1989-10-03 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Leukotriene antagonists
US4604407A (en) * 1985-04-04 1986-08-05 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Hydroxamates
EP0199324A2 (en) * 1985-04-22 1986-10-29 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetryhydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
US4876346A (en) * 1985-05-02 1989-10-24 American Home Products Corporation Quinoline compounds
US4891363A (en) * 1985-07-26 1990-01-02 Sankyo Company Limited Cyclic ether derivatives and their use
EP0217204A1 (en) * 1985-09-13 1987-04-08 Merck & Co. Inc. Trans-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5-(5,6-dimethoxy-3-pyridyl)-tetrahydrothiophene, a PAF-antagonist
DE3701344A1 (en) * 1986-01-21 1987-07-23 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel thieno-1,4-diazepines
EP0252823A1 (en) * 1986-07-04 1988-01-13 Rhone-Poulenc Sante 1H,3H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]thiazole derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US4910206A (en) * 1986-07-14 1990-03-20 Sandoz Pharmaceuticals Corp. 5-hetero-or aryl-substituted-imidazo(2,1-a)isoquinolines and their use as PAF receptor antagonists
DE3724031A1 (en) * 1986-07-22 1988-01-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel hetrazepines and process for their preparation
DE3724164A1 (en) * 1986-07-25 1988-01-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Novel 1,4-benzodiazepines, their preparation and use
EP0257921A2 (en) * 1986-08-21 1988-03-02 Merck & Co. Inc. New 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes and derivatives thereof as paf antagonists
US4841968A (en) * 1986-09-26 1989-06-27 Southern Research Institute Antithrombotic/thrombolytic suture and methods of making and using the same
US4987132A (en) * 1987-02-20 1991-01-22 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Saturated heterocyclic carboxamide derivatives
US4873259A (en) * 1987-06-10 1989-10-10 Abbott Laboratories Indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene containing lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
US4916145A (en) * 1987-07-10 1990-04-10 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Substituted n-[(pyridyl)alkyl]aryl-carboxamide
US5047420A (en) * 1987-08-24 1991-09-10 Merck & Co., Inc. 1,3-diaryl cyclopentanes and derivatives thereof as PAF antagonists
WO1989004299A1 (en) * 1987-11-13 1989-05-18 Abbott Laboratories Furan and pyrrole containing lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
US5112848A (en) * 1987-11-13 1992-05-12 Abbott Laboratories Furan and pyrrole containing lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
EP0319947A2 (en) * 1987-12-07 1989-06-14 Green Cross Corporation Bis-S-alkylbenzene derivatives
US4959361A (en) * 1987-12-18 1990-09-25 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)benzodiazepines and thieno (3,2-F)(1,2,4)triazolo(4,3-A)(1,4)diazepine compounds which have useful activity as platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists
US4996203A (en) * 1987-12-21 1991-02-26 Merck & Co., Inc. 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF antagonists
EP0322033A2 (en) * 1987-12-21 1989-06-28 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
US4845129A (en) * 1988-03-14 1989-07-04 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. Diaryl substituted cyclopentane and cyclopentene derivatives
EP0338993A1 (en) * 1988-04-21 1989-10-25 Sandoz Ag 6-Aryl-substituted-4h-thieno[2,3-e][1,2,4]triazolo [3,4-c][1,4]diazepines
US4992428A (en) * 1988-05-05 1991-02-12 Sandoz Pharm. Corp. 5-aryl-substituted-2,3-dihydro-imidazo[1,2-a]furo- and thieno pyridines
EP0365089A2 (en) * 1988-10-18 1990-04-25 Merck & Co. Inc. 2-Aryl-5(3-methoxy-5-(hydroxypropylsulfonyl)-4-propoxyphenyl) tetrahydrothiophen and analogs
EP0367110A1 (en) * 1988-10-31 1990-05-09 Eisai Co., Ltd. 1,4-diazepine derivative and its pharmaceutical use
DE3936828A1 (en) * 1988-11-06 1990-05-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg New poly:cyclic thieno-diazepine derivs. - useful as platelet-activating factor inhibitors
US5234950A (en) * 1988-12-23 1993-08-10 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Tetrahydrofuran derivatives
US5175183A (en) * 1989-02-01 1992-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Lipoxygenase inhibiting compounds
DE4006471A1 (en) * 1989-03-03 1990-09-06 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg New 2-substd. thieno-triazolo-di:azepine derivs. - are inhibitors of platelet activating factor for treating inflammation etc., and new organo-metallic intermediates
EP0388309A2 (en) * 1989-03-17 1990-09-19 Rhone-Poulenc Sante 1H,3H,7-pyrrolo [1,2-c] thiazolecarboxamides, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO1990012015A1 (en) * 1989-04-01 1990-10-18 Pfizer Limited Dihydropyridine antiallergy agents
EP0402151A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2, 5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as paf antagonists
EP0402150A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs therof as PAF antagonists
EP0402155A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs therof as PAF antagonists
EP0402156A1 (en) * 1989-06-08 1990-12-12 Merck & Co. Inc. New 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF antagonists
US5001123A (en) * 1989-06-08 1991-03-19 Merck & Co., Inc. 2,5-diaryl tetrahydrofurans and analogs thereof as PAF antagonists
EP0416609A2 (en) * 1989-09-07 1991-03-13 Abbott Laboratories Benzo[b]thiophene-containing lipoxygenase-inhibiting compounds
US5037853A (en) * 1989-12-28 1991-08-06 Abbott Laboratories Cyclopropyl derivative lipoxygenase inhibitors
WO1991017157A1 (en) * 1990-04-27 1991-11-14 British Bio-Technology Limited Gamma-butyrolactol ether derivatives
US5244896A (en) * 1990-09-14 1993-09-14 Marion Merrell Dow Inc. Carbocyclic adenosine analogs useful as immunosuppressants
WO1992009566A1 (en) * 1990-11-27 1992-06-11 Pfizer Inc. Novel hydroxamic acid and n-hydroxyurea derivatives and their use
US5110831A (en) * 1990-11-30 1992-05-05 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Vinylogous hydroxamic acids and derivatives thereof as 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
WO1992013848A1 (en) * 1991-02-07 1992-08-20 Pfizer Inc. Lipoxygenase-inhibiting hydroxamic acid and n-hydroxyurea derivatives
WO1992015294A1 (en) * 1991-03-04 1992-09-17 Center For Innovative Technology Neolignan derivatives as platelet activating factor receptor antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
US5420164A (en) * 1991-04-04 1995-05-30 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Cycloalkylurea compounds
US5344843A (en) * 1991-05-09 1994-09-06 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Cat-1 inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use
US5334616A (en) * 1991-05-09 1994-08-02 G. D. Searle & Co. Cyclic phenolic thioethers compounds which are useful in treating allergies and inflammation
WO1993001191A1 (en) * 1991-07-03 1993-01-21 British Bio-Technology Limited Cyclic ether acetal paf antagonists
US5183818A (en) * 1991-08-27 1993-02-02 Abbott Laboratories Arylalkylether and arylalkylthioether inhibitors of lipoxygenase enzyme activity
GB2263109A (en) * 1992-01-07 1993-07-14 British Bio Technology Nitrogen heterocycle paf-receptor antagonists
WO1993016075A1 (en) * 1992-02-11 1993-08-19 British Bio-Technology Limited 4-(1H-2-METHYLIMIDAZO[4,5-c]PYRIDINYLMETHYL)PHENYLSULPHONAMIDE DERIVATIVES AS ANTAGONISTS OF PAF
US5169854A (en) * 1992-02-26 1992-12-08 Abbott Laboratories N-substituted-furylalkenyl hydroxamic acid and N-hydroxyurea compounds having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
US5187192A (en) * 1992-03-13 1993-02-16 Abbott Laboratories Cyclobutyl derivatives having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
US5326787A (en) * 1992-05-12 1994-07-05 Abbott Laboratories Cycloalkyl N-hydroxy derivatives having lipoxygenase inhibitory activity
WO1994001430A1 (en) * 1992-07-13 1994-01-20 Cytomed, Inc. 2,5-diaryl tetrahydro-thiophenes, -furans and analogs for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders
US5358938A (en) * 1992-07-13 1994-10-25 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US5463083A (en) * 1992-07-13 1995-10-31 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
WO1994004537A2 (en) * 1992-08-20 1994-03-03 Cytomed, Inc. Dual functional anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive agents
US5434151A (en) * 1992-08-24 1995-07-18 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
WO1994006790A1 (en) * 1992-09-14 1994-03-31 Center For Innovative Technology 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dioxolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes; and 2,5-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes as paf receptor antgonists and inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase
US5288751A (en) * 1992-11-06 1994-02-22 Abbott Laboratories [(Substituted) phenyalkyl]furylalkynyl-and [substituted) phenyalkyl] thienylalkynyl-N-hydroxyurea inhibitors or leukotriene biosynthesis
EP0617032A1 (en) * 1993-03-23 1994-09-28 J. URIACH & CIA. S.A. Cyanomethylpyridine derivatives as PAF antagonists and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
WO1995018610A1 (en) * 1994-01-06 1995-07-13 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
WO1996000212A1 (en) * 1994-06-27 1996-01-04 Cytomed, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders

Non-Patent Citations (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Backvall, et al., "A Stereocontrolled Organopalladium Route to 2,5-Distributed Pyrrolidine Derivatives. Application to the Synthesis of a Venom Alkaloid of the Ant Species Monomorium latinode," J. Org. Chem., 55:826-831 (1990).
Backvall, et al., A Stereocontrolled Organopalladium Route to 2,5 Distributed Pyrrolidine Derivatives. Application to the Synthesis of a Venom Alkaloid of the Ant Species Monomorium latinode, J. Org. Chem., 55:826 831 (1990). *
Bartroli, J., "Design of Potent Linear PAF Antagonists," J. Med. Chem., 34:3328-3334 (1991).
Bartroli, J., Design of Potent Linear PAF Antagonists, J. Med. Chem., 34:3328 3334 (1991). *
Biftu, T., et al., "Confirmation and Activity of Tetrahydrofuran Lignans and Analogues as Specific Platelet Activating Factor Antagonists," J. Med. Chem., 29(10):1917-1921 (1986).
Biftu, T., et al., Abstr. of 6th Int. Conf. on Prostaglandins and Related Compounds, Florence, Italy, p. 302 (Jun. 3 6, 1986). *
Biftu, T., et al., Abstr. of 6th Int. Conf. on Prostaglandins and Related Compounds, Florence, Italy, p. 302 (Jun. 3-6, 1986).
Biftu, T., et al., Confirmation and Activity of Tetrahydrofuran Lignans and Analogues as Specific Platelet Activating Factor Antagonists, J. Med. Chem., 29(10):1917 1921 (1986). *
Bowles, et al., A Convenient Preparation of Cyclic Ether Acetals Mediated by Trifluoroacetic Anhydride, Synlett, pp. 111 112 (1993). *
Bowles, et al., A Convenient Preparation of Cyclic Ether Acetals Mediated by Trifluoroacetic Anhydride, Synlett, pp. 111-112 (1993).
Carlcellar, E., et al., "4-Substituted 2-Alkoxytetrahydrofurans as Potent and Long-Lasting PAF Antagonists," J. Med. Chem., 35(4):676-683 (1992).
Carlcellar, E., et al., 4 Substituted 2 Alkoxytetrahydrofurans as Potent and Long Lasting PAF Antagonists, J. Med. Chem., 35(4):676 683 (1992). *
Carter, et al., "5-Lipoxygenase Inhibitory Activity of Zileuton," J. of Pharmacol. and Exp. Thera., 256(3);929-937 (1991).
Carter, et al., 5 Lipoxygenase Inhibitory Activity of Zileuton, J. of Pharmacol. and Exp. Thera., 256(3);929 937 (1991). *
Corey, E.J. et al., "Dual Binding Modes to the Receptor for Platelet Activating Factor (PAF) of Anti-PAF Trans-2,5-Diarylfurans," Tetrahedron Letters, 29(24):2899-2902 (1988).
Corey, E.J. et al., Dual Binding Modes to the Receptor for Platelet Activating Factor (PAF) of Anti PAF Trans 2,5 Diarylfurans, Tetrahedron Letters, 29(24):2899 2902 (1988). *
Crawley, G.C., "Methoxytetrahydropyrans. A New Series of Selective and Orally Potent 5-Lipoxygenase Inhibitors," J. Med. Chem., 35(14):2600-2609 (1992).
Crawley, G.C., Methoxytetrahydropyrans. A New Series of Selective and Orally Potent 5 Lipoxygenase Inhibitors, J. Med. Chem., 35(14):2600 2609 (1992). *
Danyoshi et al., "Pyrrolidine Derivatives as Inhibitors of Platelet Aggregation Induced by Platelet Activating Factor," Chem. Pharm. Bull., 37(7):1969-1970 (1989).
Danyoshi et al., Pyrrolidine Derivatives as Inhibitors of Platelet Aggregation Induced by Platelet Activating Factor, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 37(7):1969 1970 (1989). *
Erez, et al., "Narcotic Antagonistic Potency of Bivalent Ligands Which Contain Beta-Naltrexamine. Evidence for Bridging between Proximal Recognition Sites," J. of Med. Chem., 25(7):847-849 (1982).
Erez, et al., Narcotic Antagonistic Potency of Bivalent Ligands Which Contain Beta Naltrexamine. Evidence for Bridging between Proximal Recognition Sites, J. of Med. Chem., 25(7):847 849 (1982). *
Feinmark, S.J., "Leukotriene, C4 Biosynthesis During Polymorphonuclear Leukocyte-Vascular Cell Interactions," Methods in Enzymology, Murphy and Fitzpatrick, eds., Academic Press, Inc., Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, publishers, New York, NY, vol. 187, pp. 559-560 (1990).
Feinmark, S.J., Leukotriene, C 4 Biosynthesis During Polymorphonuclear Leukocyte Vascular Cell Interactions, Methods in Enzymology, Murphy and Fitzpatrick, eds., Academic Press, Inc., Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, publishers, New York, NY, vol. 187, pp. 559 560 (1990). *
Foye, (Editor) "Bioisosterism," Principles of Med. Chem., Second Edition, pp. 80-81 (Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, 1981).
Foye, (Editor) Bioisosterism, Principles of Med. Chem., Second Edition, pp. 80 81 (Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, 1981). *
Goldstein, et al., "Dual Inhibitors of Placelet Activating Factor and 5-Lipoxygenase. I., 2,40Diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes," Med. Chem. Res., 2:443-450 (1992).
Goldstein, et al., "Dual Inhibitors of Platelet Activating Factor and 5-Lipoxygenase. II. Novel 2,4-Diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes with Iron-Chelating Functionalities," Med. Chem. Res., 2:451-456 (1992).
Goldstein, et al., Dual Inhibitors of Placelet Activating Factor and 5 Lipoxygenase. I., 2,40Diaryl 1,3 dithiolanes, Med. Chem. Res., 2:443 450 (1992). *
Goldstein, et al., Dual Inhibitors of Platelet Activating Factor and 5 Lipoxygenase. II. Novel 2,4 Diaryl 1,3 dithiolanes with Iron Chelating Functionalities, Med. Chem. Res., 2:451 456 (1992). *
Graham, D.W., et al., "1,3-Diarylcyclopentanes: A New Class of Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists," 197th ACS National Meeting, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, poster No. 25, Dallas, Texas (Apr. 9-14, 1989).
Graham, D.W., et al., 1,3 Diarylcyclopentanes: A New Class of Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists, 197th ACS National Meeting, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, poster No. 25, Dallas, Texas (Apr. 9 14, 1989). *
Guthrie, R.W., et al., "Propenyl Carboxamide Derivatives As Antagonists of Platelet Activating Factor," J. Med. Chem., 33:2856-2864 (1990).
Guthrie, R.W., et al., Propenyl Carboxamide Derivatives As Antagonists of Platelet Activating Factor, J. Med. Chem., 33:2856 2864 (1990). *
Hwang, S., "Specific Receptors of Platelet-Activating Factor, Receptor Heterogeneity, and Signal Transduction Mechanisms," J. Lipid Mediators, 2:123-158 (1990).
Hwang, S., et al., "Biochemical and Pharmacological Characterization of L-659, 989: An Extremely Potent, Selective and Competitive Receptor Antagonist of Platelet-Activating Factor," J. Pharmacol. Ther., 246(2):534-541 (1988).
Hwang, S., et al., "Trans-2, 5-bis-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 260(29):15639-15645 (1985).
Hwang, S., et al., Biochemical and Pharmacological Characterization of L 659, 989: An Extremely Potent, Selective and Competitive Receptor Antagonist of Platelet Activating Factor, J. Pharmacol. Ther., 246(2):534 541 (1988). *
Hwang, S., et al., Trans 2, 5 bis (3,4,5 trimethoxyphenyl)tetrahydrofuran, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 260(29):15639 15645 (1985). *
Hwang, S., Specific Receptors of Platelet Activating Factor, Receptor Heterogeneity, and Signal Transduction Mechanisms, J. Lipid Mediators, 2:123 158 (1990). *
Ikeda et al., "Preparation of Hydroxamic Acid and N-Hydroxyurea Derivatives and Their Use as Lipoxygenase Inhibitors," Chemical Abstracts, vol. 118, Abstract No. 59426 (1993).
Ikeda et al., Preparation of Hydroxamic Acid and N Hydroxyurea Derivatives and Their Use as Lipoxygenase Inhibitors, Chemical Abstracts, vol. 118, Abstract No. 59426 (1993). *
Lav e , D., et al., Pyrrolo 1,2 c Thiazole Derivatives: Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists, Drugs of the Future, 14(9):891 898 (1989). *
Lave, D., et al., "Pyrrolo 1,2-c!Thiazole Derivatives: Potent PAF Receptor Antagonists," Drugs of the Future, 14(9):891-898 (1989).
McColl, S.R., "Determination of 5-Lipoxygenase Activity in Human Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes Using High-Performance Liquid Chromatography," J. Chromatography, 378:444-449 (1986).
McColl, S.R., Determination of 5 Lipoxygenase Activity in Human Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes Using High Performance Liquid Chromatography, J. Chromatography, 378:444 449 (1986). *
Musser, J.H., et al., "5-Lipoxygenase: Properties, Pharmacology, and the Quinolinyl(bridged)aryl Class of Inhibitors," J. Med. Chem., 35(14):2502-2524 (1992).
Musser, J.H., et al., 5 Lipoxygenase: Properties, Pharmacology, and the Quinolinyl(bridged)aryl Class of Inhibitors, J. Med. Chem., 35(14):2502 2524 (1992). *
O Donnell, M. et al., Comparison of the Pulmonary Pharmacoogy of Leukotrienes and PAF: Effects of Their Antagonists, Therapeutic Approaches to Inflammatory Diseases, Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference of the Inflammation Research Association, pp. 169 193; White Haven, Pennsylvania (Oct. 23 27, 1988). *
O'Donnell, M. et al., "Comparison of the Pulmonary Pharmacoogy of Leukotrienes and PAF: Effects of Their Antagonists," Therapeutic Approaches to Inflammatory Diseases, Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference of the Inflammation Research Association, pp. 169-193; White Haven, Pennsylvania (Oct. 23-27, 1988).
Ogiso, A., et al., "The Structure and Total Synthesis of Futoenone, a Constitute of Piper futokadzura SIEB. et ZUCC.1)," Chem. Pharm. Bull., 18(1):105-114 (1970).
Ogiso, A., et al., "The Structure of Futoenone, A Novel Spiro-Cyclohexadienone Derivative," Tetrahedron Letters, No. 16, pp. 2003-2008 (1968).
Ogiso, A., et al., The Structure and Total Synthesis of Futoenone, a Constitute of Piper futokadzura SIEB. et ZUCC. 1) , Chem. Pharm. Bull., 18(1):105 114 (1970). *
Ogiso, A., et al., The Structure of Futoenone, A Novel Spiro Cyclohexadienone Derivative, Tetrahedron Letters, No. 16, pp. 2003 2008 (1968). *
Page, C. et al., "PAF: New Antagonists, New Roles in Diseases and a Major Role in Reproductive Biology," Trends in Pharmacol. Sci., pp. 256-257 (1989).
Page, C. et al., PAF: New Antagonists, New Roles in Diseases and a Major Role in Reproductive Biology, Trends in Pharmacol. Sci., pp. 256 257 (1989). *
Ponpipom, M.M., et al., "(±)-Trans-2-(3-Methoxy-5-Methylsulfonyl-4-Propoxyphenyl)-5-(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl) Tetrahydrofuran (L-659,989), A Novel, Potent PAF Receptor Antagonist," Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 150(3):1213-1220 (1988).
Ponpipom, M.M., et al., "Structure-Activity Relationships to Kadsurenone Analogues," J. Med. Chem., 30:136-142 (1987).
Ponpipom, M.M., et al., ( ) Trans 2 (3 Methoxy 5 Methylsulfonyl 4 Propoxyphenyl) 5 (3,4,5 Trimethoxyphenyl) Tetrahydrofuran (L 659,989), A Novel, Potent PAF Receptor Antagonist, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 150(3):1213 1220 (1988). *
Ponpipom, M.M., et al., Structure Activity Relationships to Kadsurenone Analogues, J. Med. Chem., 30:136 142 (1987). *
Sahoo, et al., "Synthesis and Biological Activity of MK 287 (L-680,573): A Potent, Specific, and Orally Active PAF Receptor Antagonist," Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett., 1(6):327-332 (1991).
Sahoo, et al., Synthesis and Biological Activity of MK 287 (L 680,573): A Potent, Specific, and Orally Active PAF Receptor Antagonist, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett., 1(6):327 332 (1991). *
Schwenk, et al., "Identification of 5-Oxo-15-hydroxy-6,8,11,13-eicosatetraenoic Acid as a Novel and Potent human Eosinophil Chemotactic Eicosanoid," J. Biol. Chem. 267(18):12482-12488 (1992).
Schwenk, et al., Identification of 5 Oxo 15 hydroxy 6,8,11,13 eicosatetraenoic Acid as a Novel and Potent human Eosinophil Chemotactic Eicosanoid, J. Biol. Chem. 267(18):12482 12488 (1992). *
Seminaro and Gleich, "The role of eosinophils in the pathogenesis of asthma," Curr. Opin. in Immunol., 6:860-864 (1994).
Seminaro and Gleich, The role of eosinophils in the pathogenesis of asthma, Curr. Opin. in Immunol., 6:860 864 (1994). *
Shen and Hussaini, "Kadsurenone and Other Related Lignans as Antagonists of Platelet-Activating Factor Receptor," Methods in Enzymol., 187:446-454 (1990).
Shen and Hussaini, Kadsurenone and Other Related Lignans as Antagonists of Platelet Activating Factor Receptor, Methods in Enzymol., 187:446 454 (1990). *
Shen, T.Y., "Characterization of a Platelet-Activating Factor Receptor Antagonist Isolated from Haifenteng (Piper futokadsura): Specific Inhibition of in vitro and in vivo Platelet-Activating Factor-Induced Effects," Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:672-676 (1985).
Shen, T.Y., Characterization of a Platelet Activating Factor Receptor Antagonist Isolated from Haifenteng ( Piper futokadsura ): Specific Inhibition of in vitro and in vivo Platelet Activating Factor Induced Effects, Proc. Nat l. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:672 676 (1985). *
Shen, T.Y., et al., "The Chemical and Biological Properties of PAF Agonists, Antagonists, and Biosynthetic Inhibitors," Platelet-Activating Factor and Related Lipid Mediators, Plenum Press, New York, NY, pp. 153-190.
Shen, T.Y., et al., The Chemical and Biological Properties of PAF Agonists, Antagonists, and Biosynthetic Inhibitors, Platelet Activating Factor and Related Lipid Mediators, Plenum Press, New York, NY, pp. 153 190. *
Shizuri, et al., "Synthesis of some physiologically active substances using anodic oxidation of phenols as a key-step," Tennen Yuki Kagobutsu Toronkai Koen Yoshishu, Chem. Abstracts, Abstract 209491p (1983).
Shizuri, et al., Synthesis of some physiologically active substances using anodic oxidation of phenols as a key step, Tennen Yuki Kagobutsu Toronkai Koen Yoshishu, Chem. Abstracts, Abstract 209491p (1983). *
Talapatra, et al., Maglifloenone,a novel spirocyclohexadienone neolignan and other constituents from Magnolia liliflora, Chem. Abstracts, Abstract No. 52493k (1982). *
Terashita, et al., "CV-3988--A Specific Antagonist of Platelet Ativating Factor (PAF)," Life Sciences, 32(17):1975-1982 (1983).
Terashita, et al., CV 3988 A Specific Antagonist of Platelet Ativating Factor (PAF), Life Sciences, 32(17):1975 1982 (1983). *
Weber, K.H., et al., "Hetrazepines as Antagonists of Platelet Activating Factor," Medicinal Research Reviews, 9(1):181-218 (Jan.-Mar. 1989).
Weber, K.H., et al., Hetrazepines as Antagonists of Platelet Activating Factor, Medicinal Research Reviews, 9(1):181 218 (Jan. Mar. 1989). *
Wood, et al., "Cyclic Ether Acetal Platelet Activating Factor (PACF) Receptor Antagonists II: Imidazo 4,5-c!Pyridyl Derivatives," Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett., 3(8):1499-1504 (1993).
Wood, et al., Cyclic Ether Acetal Platelet Activating Factor (PACF) Receptor Antagonists II: Imidazo 4,5 c Pyridyl Derivatives, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett., 3(8):1499 1504 (1993). *
Yeadon, et al., "Effect of BW B70C, a novel inhibitor of arachidonic acid 5-lipoxygenase, on allergen-induced bronchoconstriction and late-phase lung eosinophil accumulation in sensitised guinea-pigs," Agents and Actions, 38:8-18 (1993).
Yeadon, et al., Effect of BW B70C, a novel inhibitor of arachidonic acid 5 lipoxygenase, on allergen induced bronchoconstriction and late phase lung eosinophil accumulation in sensitised guinea pigs, Agents and Actions, 38:8 18 (1993). *

Cited By (62)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6569895B1 (en) 1995-05-25 2003-05-27 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US6306895B1 (en) 1998-07-03 2001-10-23 Millenium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted oxygen alicyclic compounds, including methods for synthesis thereof
US6310221B1 (en) 1998-07-03 2001-10-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for synthesis of substituted tetrahydrofuran compound
US6541647B2 (en) 1998-07-03 2003-04-01 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of synthesis of substituted tetrahydrofuran compound
US6403814B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2002-06-11 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesizing diaryl-substituted heterocyclic compounds, including tetrahydrofurans
US6255498B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-07-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesizing diaryl-substituted heterocyclic compounds, including tetrahydrofurans
US7105685B2 (en) 1999-03-22 2006-09-12 Travis Craig R Cannabinol derivatives
US8916568B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2014-12-23 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US10039760B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2018-08-07 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US9561226B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2017-02-07 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US8841307B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2014-09-23 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US8455517B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2013-06-04 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US8440696B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2013-05-14 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US20030225103A1 (en) * 2000-08-04 2003-12-04 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US6555543B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2003-04-29 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US8268830B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2012-09-18 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Method of using diketopiperazines and composition containing them
US20040138315A1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2004-07-15 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for inhibiting eicosanoid metabolism and platelet aggregation
US20040242870A1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2004-12-02 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiviral methods and compounds
US20030232101A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2003-12-18 Immugen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Topical formulations of resorcinols and cannibinoids and methods of use
US7575929B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2009-08-18 Dmi Life Sciences, Inc. Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis with diketopiperazines
US20040209379A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2004-10-21 David Bar-Or Diagnosis and monitoring of diseases
US8324167B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2012-12-04 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US9730924B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2017-08-15 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US11369598B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2022-06-28 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US8183209B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2012-05-22 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US7732403B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2010-06-08 Dmi Biosciences, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US20050119177A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2005-06-02 David Bar-Or Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US20100190696A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2010-07-29 David Bar-Or Treatment of t-cell mediated diseases
US10828296B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2020-11-10 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US8513196B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2013-08-20 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US8551953B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2013-10-08 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US9707227B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2017-07-18 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US20100144611A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2010-06-10 David Bar-Or Treatment of t-cell mediated diseases
US8969308B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2015-03-03 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US20100143338A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2010-06-10 David Bar-Or Treatment of t-cell mediated diseases
US8962568B2 (en) 2003-05-15 2015-02-24 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of T-cell mediated diseases
US20090110675A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Peter Vadas Use of platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase as biomarker for anaphylaxis
US8562982B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2013-10-22 Allertech Laboratory Inc. Use of platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase as a biomarker for anaphylaxis
US8257697B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2012-09-04 Allertech Laboratory Inc. Use of platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase as biomarker for anaphylaxis
US20100105698A1 (en) * 2008-05-27 2010-04-29 Dmi Life Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic Methods and Compounds
US8217047B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2012-07-10 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Therapeutic methods and compounds
US9522893B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2016-12-20 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutic methods and compounds
US8871772B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2014-10-28 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutic methods and compounds
EP3791880A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2021-03-17 Amarin Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited Pharmaceutical compositions comprising epa
EP4008327A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2022-06-08 Amarin Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited Pharmaceutical compositions comprising epa and a cardiovascular agent and methods of using the same
US8507496B2 (en) 2010-09-07 2013-08-13 Dmi Acquisition Corp. Treatment of diseases
US9034878B2 (en) 2010-09-07 2015-05-19 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of diseases
US9060968B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2015-06-23 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US11058798B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2021-07-13 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Implantable medical devices with increased immune tolerance, and methods for making and implanting
US10251930B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2019-04-09 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US9925300B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2018-03-27 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Implantable medical devices with increased immune tolerance, and methods for making and implanting
US10471178B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2019-11-12 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Implantable medical devices with increased immune tolerance, and methods for making and implanting
US9623072B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2017-04-18 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US10842847B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2020-11-24 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US8980834B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2015-03-17 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative joint disease
US10881710B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2021-01-05 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of rhinitis
US11026940B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-06-08 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for the mobilization, homing, expansion and differentiation of stem cells and methods of using the same
US9808454B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-07 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for the mobilization, homing, expansion and differentiation of stem cells and methods of using the same
US9956217B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2018-05-01 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of joint conditions
US11090301B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2021-08-17 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of joint conditions
US10342793B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2019-07-09 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of joint conditions
US11389512B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-07-19 Ampio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of low molecular weight fractions of human serum albumin in treating diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US5434151A (en) 1995-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5856323A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US5358938A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
US5780503A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US5741809A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular inflammatory and immune disorders
CA2194064C (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
US5648486A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders
US6025384A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
EP0650485B1 (en) 2,5-diaryl tetrahydro-thiophenes, -furans and analogs for the treatment of inflammatory and immune disorders
US5703093A (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
AU2012328199A1 (en) Disubstituted 3,4-diamino-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione compounds for use in the treatment of chemokine-mediated pathologies
WO1994004537A2 (en) Dual functional anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive agents
FR2981935A1 (en) NOVEL DI-SUBSTITUTED DIAMINO-3,4-CYCLOBUTENE-3-DIONE-1,2 COMPOUNDS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF CHEMOKINE MEDIATED PATHOLOGIES.
US5530141A (en) 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dioxolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes; and 2,5-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes for the treatment of disorders mediated by platelet activating factor or products of 5-lipoxygenase
WO1994006790A1 (en) 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dithiolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-dioxolanes; 2,4-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes; and 2,5-diaryl-1,3-oxathiolanes as paf receptor antgonists and inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase
US6201016B1 (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune disorders
JP4446123B2 (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of cardiovascular, inflammatory and immune diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:LEUKOSITE, INC.;REEL/FRAME:011213/0220

Effective date: 20000315

Owner name: LEUKOSITE, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:CYTOMED, INC.;REEL/FRAME:011213/0224

Effective date: 20000315

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAT HOLDER NO LONGER CLAIMS SMALL ENTITY STATUS, ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: STOL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

REFU Refund

Free format text: REFUND - 3.5 YR SURCHARGE - LATE PMT W/IN 6 MO, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: R286); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Free format text: REFUND - PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: R283); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 4

AS Assignment

Owner name: LEUKOSITE, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:CYTOMED, INC.;REEL/FRAME:013117/0211

Effective date: 20000315

Owner name: MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:LEUKOSITE, INC.;REEL/FRAME:013117/0188

Effective date: 20000315

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

REMI Maintenance fee reminder mailed
LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees
STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20070105